Tax Notes logo

Rev. Proc. 93-31


Rev. Proc. 93-31; 1993-2 C.B. 355

DATED
DOCUMENT ATTRIBUTES
  • Language
    English
  • Tax Analysts Electronic Citation
    not available
Citations: Rev. Proc. 93-31; 1993-2 C.B. 355

Superseded by Rev. Proc. 94-43

Rev. Proc. 93-31

NOTE: Use this revenue procedure to prepare tax year 1993 information returns for submission to Internal Revenue Service (IRS) using any of the following:

-- Magnetic Tape

-- Tape Cartridge

-- 5 1/4-inch Diskette

-- 3 1/2-inch Diskette

-- 8-inch Diskette

-- Electronic Filing

-- (Asynchronous)

-- (Bisynchronous)

Please read this publication carefully. Persons required to file information returns may be subject to penalties for failure to file or failure to include correct information if they do not follow the instructions in this revenue procedure.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART A. GENERAL

     SECTION 1. PURPOSE

 

     SECTION 2. NATURE OF CHANGES--CURRENT YEAR (TAX YEAR 1993)

 

     SECTION 3. WHERE TO FILE AND HOW TO CONTACT THE

 

                 IRS MARTINSBURG

 

                 COMPUTING CENTER

 

     SECTION 4. FILING REQUIREMENTS

 

     SECTION 5. FORM 8508, REQUEST FOR WAIVER FROM

 

                 FILING INFORMATION

 

                 RETURNS ON MAGNETIC MEDIA

 

     SECTION 6. VENDOR LIST

 

     SECTION 7. FORM 4419, APPLICATION FOR FILING

 

                 INFORMATION RETURNS

 

                 MAGNETICALLY/ELECTRONICALLY

 

     SECTION 8. TEST FILES

 

     SECTION 9. FILING OF INFORMATION RETURNS

 

                 MAGNETICALLY/ELECTRONICALLY

 

                 AND RETENTION REQUIREMENTS

 

     SECTION 10. DUE DATES

 

     SECTION 11. EXTENSIONS OF TIME

 

     SECTION 12. PROCESSING OF INFORMATION RETURNS

 

                 MAGNETICALLY/ELECTRONICALLY

 

     SECTION 13. PENALTIES

 

     SECTION 14. CORRECTED RETURNS

 

     SECTION 15. TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (TIN)

 

     SECTION 16. EFFECT ON PAPER RETURNS

 

     SECTION 17. COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING PROGRAM

 

     SECTION 18. DEFINITION OF TERMS

 

     SECTION 19. STATE ABBREVIATIONS

 

     SECTION 20. MAJOR PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED

 

 

PART B. MAGNETIC MEDIA SPECIFICATIONS

     SECTION 1. GENERAL

 

     SECTION 2. TAPE SPECIFICATIONS

 

     SECTION 3. TAPE CARTRIDGE SPECIFICATIONS

 

     SECTION 4. 5 1/4-INCH AND 3 1/2-INCH

 

                 DISKETTE SPECIFICATIONS

 

     SECTION 5. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD --

 

                 GENERAL FIELD DESCRIPTIONS

 

     SECTION 6. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD --

 

                 RECORD LAYOUT

 

     SECTION 7. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- GENERAL FIELD

 

                 DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUTS

 

     SECTION 8. END OF PAYER "C" RECORD --

 

                 RECORD LAYOUT

 

     SECTION 9. STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD --

 

                 RECORD LAYOUT

 

     SECTION 10. END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD --

 

                 RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

PART C. BISYNCHRONOUS (MAINFRAME) ELECTRONIC FILING SPECIFICATIONS

     SECTION 1. GENERAL

 

     SECTION 2. ELECTRONIC FILING APPROVAL PROCEDURE

 

     SECTION 3. TEST FILES

 

     SECTION 4. ELECTRONIC SUBMISSIONS

 

     SECTION 5. TRANSMITTAL REQUIREMENTS

 

     SECTION 6. IBM 3780 BISYNCHRONOUS COMMUNICATION

 

                 SPECIFICATIONS

 

     SECTION 7. BISYNCHRONOUS ELECTRONIC FILING

 

                 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS

 

 

PART D. ASYNCHRONOUS (IRP-BBS) ELECTRONIC FILING SPECIFICATIONS

     SECTION 1. GENERAL

 

     SECTION 2. ELECTRONIC FILING APPROVAL PROCEDURE

 

     SECTION 3. TEST FILES

 

     SECTION 4. ELECTRONIC SUBMISSIONS

 

     SECTION 5. TRANSMITTAL REQUIREMENTS

 

     SECTION 6. INFORMATION REPORTING PROGRAM BULLETIN

 

                 BOARD SYSTEM (IRP-BBS)

 

                 SPECIFICATIONS

 

     SECTION 7. IRP-BBS FIRST LOGON PROCEDURES

 

 

PART E. SINGLE DENSITY (8-INCH) DISKETTE SPECIFICATIONS

     SECTION 1. GENERAL

 

     SECTION 2. DISKETTE HEADER LABEL

 

     SECTION 3. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD --

 

                 GENERAL INFORMATION

 

     SECTION 4. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD --

 

                 RECORD LAYOUT

 

     SECTION 5. PAYEE "B" RECORD --

 

                 GENERAL INFORMATION FOR ALL FORMS

 

     SECTION 6. PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR SECTORS 1

 

                 THROUGH 4 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT,

 

                 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTORS 1

 

                 THROUGH 3 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S,

 

                 AND W-2G

 

     SECTION 7. PAYEE "B" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUTS FOR SECTORS 1

 

                 THROUGH 4 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT,

 

                 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTORS 1

 

                 THROUGH 3 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S,

 

                 AND W-2G

 

     SECTION 8. PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD

 

                 LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-A

 

     SECTION 9. PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD

 

                 LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-B

 

     SECTION 10. PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD

 

                 LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-OID

 

     SECTION 11. PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD

 

                 LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-S

 

     SECTION 12. PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD

 

                 LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM W-2G

 

     SECTION 13. END OF PAYER "C" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT

 

     SECTION 14. STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT

 

     SECTION 15. END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

PART F. DOUBLE DENSITY (8-INCH) DISKETTE SPECIFICATIONS

     SECTION 1. GENERAL

 

     SECTION 2. DISKETTE HEADER LABEL

 

     SECTION 3. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD--GENERAL INFORMATION

 

     SECTION 4. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT

 

     SECTION 5. PAYEE "B" RECORD--GENERAL INFORMATION FOR ALL FORMS

 

     SECTION 6. PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR SECTORS 1

 

                 AND 2 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT,

 

                 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTOR 1 OF

 

                 FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S, AND W-2G

 

     SECTION 7. PAYEE "B" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUTS FOR SECTORS 1 AND 2

 

                 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC,

 

                 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTOR 1 OF FORMS 1099-A,

 

                 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S, AND W-2G

 

     SECTION 8. PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD

 

                 LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-A

 

     SECTION 9. PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD

 

                 LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-B

 

     SECTION 10. PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD

 

                 LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-OID

 

     SECTION 11. PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD

 

                 LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-S

 

     SECTION 12. PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD

 

                 LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM W-2G

 

     SECTION 13. END OF PAYER "C" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT

 

     SECTION 14. STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT

 

     SECTION 15. END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

PART G. MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION

 

 

     SECTION 1. MAGNETIC MEDIA RELATED FORMS AND PUBLICATIONS

 

     SECTION 2. FEDERAL DOLLAR CRITERIA

 

     SECTION 3. RECORD FORMAT USED TO REQUEST AN EXTENSION OF TIME,

 

                 MAGNETICALLY OR ELECTRONICALLY

 

 

PART A. GENERAL

SECTION 1. PURPOSE

.01 The purpose of this revenue procedure is to provide the specifications for filing Forms 1098, 1099, 5498, and W-2G electronically or on magnetic media which includes 1/2-inch magnetic tape; IBM 3480/3490 compatible tape cartridges; or 5 1/4-, 3 1/2-, and 8-inch diskettes, with IRS.

This revenue procedure must be used for the preparation of Tax Year 1993 information returns and information returns for years prior to 1993 that are required to be filed. This revenue procedure must be used to prepare current and prior documents filed between January 1, 1994, and December 31, 1994. Specifications for filing the following forms are contained in this revenue procedure.

(a) Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement.

(b) Form 1099-A, Acquisition or Abandonment of Secured Property.

(c) Form 1099-B, Proceeds From Broker and Barter Exchange Transactions.

(d) Form 1099-DIV, Dividends and Distributions.

(e) Form 1099-G, Certain Government Payments.

(f) Form 1099-INT, Interest Income.

(g) Form 1099-MISC, Miscellaneous Income.

(h) Form 1099-OID, Original Issue Discount.

(i) Form 1099-PATR, Taxable Distributions Received From Cooperatives.

(j) Form 1099-R, Distributions From Pensions, Annuities, Retirement or Profit-Sharing Plans, IRAs, Insurance Contracts, etc.

(k) Form 1099-S, Proceeds From Real Estate Transactions.

(l) Form 5498, Individual Retirement Arrangement Information.

(m) Form W-2G, Certain Gambling Winnings.

.02 Revenue procedures are generally revised annually to reflect legislative and form changes. Comments concerning this revenue procedure, or suggestions for making it more helpful, can be addressed to Internal Revenue Service, Martinsburg Computing Center, P. O. Box 1359, Martinsburg, WV 25401 ATTN: IRB, Information Support Section.

.03 It is unlawful to intentionally transmit a computer virus to the Internal Revenue Service. Violators may be subject to a fine and/or imprisonment.

.04 Specifications for filing Forms W-2 on magnetic media are available from the Social Security Administration (SSA) only. Payers can call 1-800-SSA-1213 to obtain the phone number of the SSA Magnetic Media Coordinator for their area.

.05 The Internal Revenue Service, Martinsburg Computing Center (IRS/MCC) has the responsibility for processing Forms 1098, 1099, 5498, and W-2G filed magnetically or electronically. IRS/MCC does not process Forms W-2. Paper and/or magnetic media for Forms W-2 must be sent to SSA. IRS/MCC does, however, process magnetic media waiver requests (Form 8508) and extension of time requests (Form 8809) for filing Forms W-2.

.06 In most cases, the box numbers on the paper forms correspond with the amount codes used to file magnetically/electronically; however, if discrepancies occur, the instructions in this revenue procedure govern.

.07 This revenue procedure also provides the requirements and specifications for magnetic media or electronic filing under the Combined Federal/State Filing Program.

.08 The following revenue procedures and publications provide more detailed filing procedures for certain other information returns.

(a) 1993 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" provides specific instructions on completing and submitting information returns to IRS. This publication is included in the magnetic media reporting packages mailed to the transmitters who participate in the Information Reporting Program (IRP). These instructions can also be obtained by contacting your local IRS office or by calling 1-800-TAX-FORM (1-800-829-3676).

(b) Rev. Proc. 84-33, 1984-1 C.B. 502, regarding the optional method for agents to report and deposit backup withholding.

(c) Publication 1179, Specifications for Paper Document Reporting and Paper Substitutes for Forms 1096, 1098, 1099 Series, 5498, and W-2G (Rev. Proc. 93-24, 1993-20 I.R.B. 7).

(d) Publication 1239, Specifications for Filing Form 8027, Employer's Annual Information Return of Tip Income and Allocated Tips, on Magnetic Tape and 5 1/4- or 3 1/2-inch Diskettes.

(e) Publication 1187, Specifications for Filing Form 1042S, Foreign Person's U.S. Source Income Subject to Withholding, Electronically or on Magnetic Tape, and 5 1/4- or 3 1/2-inch Magnetic Diskettes.

(f) Publication 1245, Specifications for Filing Form W-4, Employee's Withholding Allowance Certificate, on Magnetic Tape, and 5 1/4- or 3 1/2-inch Magnetic Diskette.

.09 This revenue procedure supersedes Rev. Proc. 92-46 published as Publication 1220, (Rev. 6-92), Specifications for Filing Forms 1098, 1099, 5498 and W-2G Electronically or on Magnetic Media.

.10 Refer to Part A, Sec. 18, for definitions of terms used in this publication.

SEC. 2. NATURE OF CHANGES--CURRENT YEAR (TAX YEAR 1993)

.01 PROGRAMMING CHANGES

a. Payer/Transmitter "A" Record:

(1) Field positions 2-3 (pos. 3-4 for 8-inch diskette) "Payment Year" must be incremented by one (from 92 to 93) unless reporting prior year data.

(2) Form 1098, Payment Amount Code 3 pos. 23-31 (pos. 24-32 for 8-inch diskette) was added to report a Refund of Overpaid Interest.

(3) Form 1099-MISC, Note 1 was added in the Type of Amount Code field to explain how to report Direct Sales only.

(4) Form 1099-R, Note 3 under the Amount Codes field pos. 23-31 (pos. 24-32 for 8-inch diskette) in the Payer "A" record was expanded to clarify how to report IRA/SEP distributions.

(5) Form 1099-S, Amount Code 5 pos. 23-31 (pos. 24-32 for 8-inch diskette) was added to report the Buyers Part of Real Estate Tax.

b. Payee "B" Record changes:

(1) Field positions 2-3 (pos. 3-4 for 8-inch diskette) "Payment Year" must be incremented by one (from 92 to 93) unless reporting prior year data.

(2) 1099-MISC, field position 12 (pos. 13 for 8-inch diskette) "Direct Sales Indicator" a note was added to instruct payers how to format the record if Direct Sales is all that is being reported.

(3) 1099-R, "IRA/SEP Indicator" position 44 (pos. 45 for 8-inch diskette) extra instruction was added to this field. When reporting a distribution from an IRA or SEP, in addition to this indicator, generally, the amount of the distribution should be reported in Payment Amount Field 2 "Taxable Amount" of the Payee "B" Record.

(4) 1099-R, four additional Distribution Codes (pos. 4 and 5 [pos. 5 and 6 for 8-inch diskettes]) E, F, G, and H have been added. Distribution Codes E and F must stand alone. Distribution Code G may be used in conjunction with Distribution Code 4.

(5) A note was added to the Taxpayer Identification Number field pos. 15-23 (pos. 16-24 for 8-inch diskette) to encourage payers who submit records with missing TINs to attach a letter of explanation to Form 4804 when submitting their data.

c. End of Payer "C" Record--No changes.

d. State Totals "K" Record--No changes.

e. End of Transmission "F" Record--No changes.

.02 EDITORIAL CHANGES--"GENERAL"

There have been numerous editorial changes. IRS recommends that filers read this publication in its entirety to ensure proper reporting.

(a) The title of Publication 1220 has changed from "Specifications for Filing Forms 1098, 1099, 5498, and W-2G Electronically or on Magnetic Tape, Tape Cartridge, and 5 1/4-, 3 1/2-, and 8-inch Magnetic Diskettes" to "Specifications for Filing Forms 1098, 1099, 5498, and W-2G Magnetically or Electronically."

(b) Payers are encouraged to file Form 8508, Request for Waiver From Filing Information Returns on Magnetic Media, at least 45 days prior to the due date of the return. See Part A, Sec. 5.09.

(c) Applications or changes to the vendor list must be received by MCC no later than August 15. See Part A, Sec. 6.04.

(d) The testing periods have been changed in Part A, Sec. 8.05. Test data will be processed between November 1 and December 31; however, test tapes, tape cartridges, and 5 1/4-, 3 1/2-, or 8-inch diskettes may be submitted any time after October 1.

(e) Instructions were added to Part A, Sec. 9.05 to advise payers that current and prior year data may be submitted in the same shipment; however, each tax year must be on separate media or transmitted separately and a Form 4804 should be prepared for each tax year.

(f) Payers who have prepared their information returns in advance of the due date are encouraged to submit this information to MCC no earlier than January 1 of the year the return is due. See Part A, Sec. 9.06.

(g) Information was added to Part A, Sec. 10.05, to advise payers that this revenue procedure must be used to prepare information returns filed beginning January 1, 1994, and received at MCC by December 31, 1994.

(h) Transmitters requesting an extension of time to file for 10 or more payers are encouraged to file the request magnetically or electronically. See Part A, Sec. 11.03.

(i) Information was added to Part A, Sec. 12.08 to encourage payers who submit information returns with missing TINs and have taken all the required steps to obtain this information to attach a letter of explanation to the required Form 4804.

(j) Instruction was added (Part A, Sec. 14.06) on how to make prior year corrections. If submitting prior year data, beginning January 1, 1994, and received at MCC no later than December 31, 1994, use the format provided in this revenue procedure.

(k) New York State no longer participates in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program and all references have been deleted from Tables 1 and 2. See Part A, Sec. 17.

(l) Information concerning a request for deviation was removed from Part A, Sec. 19. Request for a deviation from the required format will no longer be approved. Filers must adhere to all the guidelines specified in this revenue procedure.

(m) Payers/Transmitters are encouraged to review Part A, Sec. 20 (Major Problems Encountered) before submitting data.

(n) Information was added to Part B, Sec. 2.03(c) and Sec. 3.02(c) to encourage filers to use fixed block records. All blocks must be divisible by 420.

(o) IRS/MCC cannot process more than one data file on a tape. See Part B, Sec. 2.06.

(p) IRS encourages payers to use blank or currently formatted diskettes when preparing files. See Part B, Sec. 4.02.

(q) Filers are encouraged to submit high density diskettes. Low density diskettes formatted in low density are acceptable. See Part B, Sec. 4.04.

(r) Information concerning Bisynchronous (mainframe) and Asynchronous (IRP-BBS) Electronic Filing has been separated. Bisynchronous electronic filing information is now in Part C and asynchronous electronic filing is now in Part D.

(s) Do not transmit data using the IRP-BBS between January 1 and January 10. During this time, the IRP-BBS is being updated to reflect current year changes. See Part D, Sec. 4.03.

(t) Information was added to Part D, Asynchronous Electronic Filing, to reflect all information contained in Publication 1527, IRP-BBS, eliminating the need to obtain both publications.

(u) The record format to submit an Extension of Time to File, magnetically or electronically, has been expanded from 206 to 226 positions; see Part G. Name and address fields were changed or expanded. Form 1042 was added to the list of forms.

.03 EDITORIAL CHANGES--MAGNETIC MEDIA SPECIFICATIONS:

(a) Cartridges will contain 37,871 CPI (characters per inch). See Part B, Sec. 3.b.4.

(b) Data submitted on compatible tape cartridges may be compressed using EDRC (Memorex) or IDRC (IBM) compression. See Part B, Sec. 3.b.6.

(c) Tape cartridges created on an IBM AS400 are not compatible with IRS/MCC. See Part B, Sec. 3.b.8.

(d) Form 1099-MISC, a note was added to the Amount Code field pos. 23-31 (pos. 24-32 for 8-inch diskette) of the Payer "A" record and the Direct Sales Indicator field pos. 12 (pos. 13 for 8-inch diskette) of the Payee "B" record to instruct payers/transmitters how to format the records if reporting direct sales only.

(e) Form 1099-R, additional information was added to "NOTE 3" of the Amount Code field pos. 23-31 (pos. 24-32 for 8-inch diskette) in Payer "A" Record to provide further instruction on how to report distributions for an IRA or SEP.

(f) Form 1099-R, additional information was added to the "NOTE" in the Taxable Amount Not Determined Indicator field pos. 48 (pos. 49 for 8-inch diskette) of the Payee "B" Record. When this indicator is used in conjunction with the IRA/SEP Indicator (pos. 44), generally, the amount of the distribution must be reported in Payment Amount Field 2 (pos. 62-71).

SEC. 3. WHERE TO FILE AND HOW TO CONTACT THE IRS, MARTINSBURG COMPUTING CENTER

.01 All information returns filed magnetically or electronically are processed at IRS/MCC. Files containing information returns, requests for IRS magnetic media and electronic filing information, undue hardship waivers, and requests for extensions of time to file with IRS or to furnish the statements to recipients are to be sent to the following addresses:

     If by Postal Service:

 

 

          IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center

 

          P. O. Box 1359

 

          Martinsburg, WV 25401-1359

 

 

     or

 

 

     If by truck or air freight:

 

 

          IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center

 

          Information Reporting Program

 

          Route 9 and Needy Road

 

          Martinsburg, WV 25401

 

 

.02 Inquiries may be made between 8:30 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. Eastern time. The telephone number is (304) 263-8700 (not a toll-free number). The telephone number for electronic filing using the Information Reporting Program Bulletin Board System (IRP-BBS) is (304) 263-2749; the telephone number for bisynchronous electronic filing is (304) 267-0807 for 4800 bps, and (304) 267-9572 for 9600 bps.

.03 The 1993 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" have been included in the Publication 1220 for filer convenience. The Form 1096 is only used to transmit Copy A of all paper Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G. If a filer is filing paper returns, follow the mailing instructions on the Form 1096 to submit paper returns to the appropriate IRS office.

.04 The telephone number for the Telecommunication Device for the Deaf (TDD) is (304) 267-3367.

.05 The telephone number for the IRS/MCC fax machine is (304) 264-5196.

.06 Requests for paper forms 1099 and W-2 and publications not related to magnetic media/electronic filing must be requested by calling the "Forms Only Number" listed in your local telephone directory or by calling the IRS toll free number 1-800-TAX-FORM (1-800-829-3676).

.07 Questions pertaining to magnetic media filing of Forms W-2 must be directed to SSA. Payers can call 1-800-SSA-1213 to obtain the phone number of the SSA Magnetic Media Coordinator for their area.

.08 Filers should not contact IRS/MCC if they have received a penalty notice and need additional information, or are requesting an abatement of the penalty. Penalty notices contain an IRS representative's name and/or phone number for contact purposes; however, the filer may be instructed to respond in writing to the address provided. IRS/MCC does not issue penalty notices and does not have the authority to abate penalties.

.09 A Taxpayer or authorized representative may request a copy of a tax return or a Form W-2 filed with a return by submitting Form 4506, Request for Copy of Tax Form or Transcript, to IRS. This form may be obtained from a local IRS office or by calling 1-800-TAX-FORM (1-800-829-3676).

.10 In 1991, IRS instituted a centralized call site to answer both magnetic media and tax law questions relating to the filing of information returns (Forms 1096, 1098, 1099, 5498, 8027, W-2, W-2G, W-3, and W-4). The IRS/MCC Call Site also handles inquiries dealing with Backup Withholding due to Missing and Incorrect Taxpayer Identification Numbers. The Call Site is located at IRS/MCC and operates in conjunction with the Information Reporting Program. The Call Site provides service to the payer community (financial institutions, employers, and other filers of information returns). Recipients of information returns (payees) should continue to contact 1-800-829-1040 with any questions pertaining to information returns.

The Call Site, which was phased-in over a two-year period, is now accepting calls from all areas of the country. The numbers to call are (304) 263-8700 or Telecommunications Device for the Deaf (TDD) (304) 267-3367. These are toll calls. Hours of operation for the Call Site are Monday through Friday, 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Eastern Time. The Call Site is open throughout the year to handle payers' and employers' questions. Due to the high demand for assistance at the end of January and February, payers are encouraged to call at their earliest convenience to avoid these peak filing seasons.

SEC. 4. FILING REQUIREMENTS

.01 Under section 6011(e)(2)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code, any person, including corporations, partnerships, individuals, estates, and trusts, who is required to file 250 or more information returns must file such returns magnetically/electronically. The 250-or-more requirement applies separately for each type of form and separately to corrected returns for each Form type. Even though payers may not be required to file magnetically/electronically, IRS encourages them to do so.

.02 All filing requirements that follow, apply individually to each reporting entity as defined by its separate Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN), (Social Security Number (SSN), or Employer Identification Number (EIN)). For example, if a corporation with several branches or locations uses the same EIN, the corporation must aggregate the total volume of returns to be filed for that EIN and apply the filing requirements to each type of return accordingly.

.03 Payers who are required to submit their information returns on magnetic media may choose to submit their documents by electronic filing instead. Payers who submit their information returns electronically are considered to have satisfied the magnetic media filing requirements.

.04 The following requirements apply separately to both originals and corrections filed magnetically/electronically:

 1098                         250 or more of any of these forms

 

 1099-A                       require magnetic media or electronic

 

 1099-B                       filing with IRS. These are stand alone

 

 1099-DIV                     documents and are not to be aggregated

 

 1099-G                       for purposes of determining the 250

 

 1099-INT                     threshold. For example, if 100 Forms

 

 1099-MISC                    1099-B are to be filed, they need not

 

 1099-OID                     be filed magnetically or electronically

 

 1099-PATR                    since they do not meet the threshold of

 

 1099-R                       250. However, if you have 300 Forms

 

 1099-S                       1099-R, they must be filed magnetically

 

 5498                         or electronically since they meet the

 

 W-2G                         threshold of 250.

 

 

.05 The above requirements do not apply if the payer establishes undue hardship (see Part A, Sec. 5).

SEC. 5. FORM 8508, REQUEST FOR WAIVER FROM FILING INFORMATION RETURNS ON MAGNETIC MEDIA

.01 If a payer is required to file on magnetic media but fails to do so (or fails to file electronically, in lieu of magnetic media filing) and does not have an approved waiver on record, the payer may be subject to a failure to file penalty of $50 per return.

.02 If payers are required to file original or corrected returns on magnetic media, but such filing would create an undue hardship, they may request a waiver from these filing requirements by submitting Form 8508, Request for Waiver From Filing Information Returns on Magnetic Media, to IRS/MCC.

.03 If a payer submits an original return on magnetic media, then a waiver must be requested for corrections only if the returns exceed the filing threshold. However, if a waiver for original documents is approved, any corrections for the same type of returns will be covered under this waiver request.

.04 Generally, only the payer may sign the Form 8508. A transmitter may sign if given power-of-attorney; however, a letter stating this fact must be attached to the Form 8508.

.05 A transmitter must submit a separate Form 8508 for each payer. Do not submit a list of payers.

.06 All information requested on the Form 8508 must be provided to IRS for the request to be processed.

.07 The waiver, if approved, will provide exemption from magnetic media filing for the current tax year only. Filers may not apply for a waiver for more than one tax year at a time; application must be made each year a waiver is necessary.

.08 Form 8508 may be photocopied or computer-generated as long as it contains all the information requested on the original form.

.09 Filers are encouraged to submit Form 8508 to IRS/MCC at least 45 days before the due date of the returns. However, new brokers and new barter exchanges may request an undue hardship waiver by the end of the second month following the month in which they became a broker or barter exchange.

.10 File Form 8508 for Forms W-2 with IRS/MCC, not SSA.

.11 Waivers are evaluated on a case-by-case basis and are approved or denied based on regulation criteria set forth under Section 6724 of the Internal Revenue Code. The filer must allow a minimum of 30 days for IRS/MCC to respond to a waiver request.

.12 If a waiver request is approved, the payer should keep the approval letter for their records. The payer should not send a copy of the approved waiver to the service center where they file their paper returns.

.13 An approved waiver from filing information returns on magnetic media does not provide exemptions from all filing. The payer must timely file their information returns on acceptable paper forms with the appropriate service center.

.14 Desert Storm Contributions -- If a payer is required to file a Form 5498 magnetically/electronically, the payer may request an automatic waiver from filing Desert Storm Form 5498.

SEC. 6. VENDOR LIST

.01 IRS/MCC prepares a list of vendors who support magnetic media or electronic filing. This list contains the names of service bureaus that will produce files on the prescribed types of magnetic media or via electronic filing. It also contains the names of vendors who provide software packages for payers who wish to produce magnetic media or electronic files on their own computer systems or personal computers. This list is provided to filers as a courtesy and in no way implies IRS/MCC approval or endorsement.

.02 A payer may contact IRS/MCC via telephone or letter (See Part A, Sec 3) to acquire the vendor list. This information is also available from the Information Reporting Program Bulletin Board System (refer to Part D). Vendor names will not be provided over the telephone.

.03 A vendor, who offers a software package, has the ability to produce magnetic media for customers, or has the capability to electronically file information returns, and would like to be included on the list, must submit a written request to IRS/MCC. The request should be submitted by August 15 and must include:

(a) Company name

(b) Address (include city, state, and ZIP code)

(c) Telephone number (include area code)

(d) Contact person

(e) Type of service provided (e.g., service bureau and/or software)

(f) Type(s) of media offered (e.g., magnetic tape; tape cartridge; 5 1/4-, 3 1/2-, and/or 8-inch diskettes; electronic filing)

.04 The vendor list is updated annually. All changes to information already on the vendor list must be received by IRS/MCC no later than August 15 to be included on the most current vendor list.

SEC. 7. FORM 4419, APPLICATION FOR FILING INFORMATION RETURNS MAGNETICALLY/ELECTRONICALLY

.01 Payers/transmitters are required to submit Form 4419, Application for Filing Information Returns Magnetically/Electronically, to request authorization to file information returns to IRS/MCC. A single Form 4419 should be filed no matter how many types of returns the payer/transmitter will be submitting magnetically/electronically. For example, if a filer plans to file Forms 1099-INT, the filer should submit one Form 4419. If, at a later date, another type of form is to be filed do not submit a new Form 4419. If filers wish to report both electronically and magnetically, they need only submit one Form 4419.

.02 Magnetic tape, diskette, and electronically-filed returns may not be submitted to IRS/MCC until the application has been approved. Please read the instructions on the back of Form 4419 carefully. This form may be photocopied. Additional forms may be obtained by calling 1-800-TAX-FORM (1-800-829-3676).

.03 Upon approval, a five character alpha/numeric Transmitter Control Code (TCC) will be assigned and included in an approval letter. The TCC must be coded in the Payer/Transmitter "A" Record. If a filer uses more than one TCC to file, each TCC must be reported on separate media or in separate transmissions if filing electronically.

A magnetic media reporting package containing the current revenue procedure, transmittals, forms, labels, and instructions will be sent to the attention of the contact person indicated on Form 4419. This package will be sent annually.

If any of the information on the form changes, please notify IRS/MCC in writing so that the IRS/MCC database can be updated. The filer should include their TCC in all correspondence.

.04 Form 4419 can be submitted at any time during the year; however, it should be submitted to IRS/MCC at least 30 days before the due date of the return(s). For documents to be filed electronically using IBM 3780 bisynchronous protocols, Form 4419 must be submitted at least 45 days prior to the due date of the return (see Part C, Sec. 2). This will allow IRS/MCC the minimum amount of time necessary to process and respond to applications. In the event that a filer's computer equipment or software is not compatible with IRS/MCC, a waiver may be requested to file returns on paper documents.

.05 IRS/MCC encourages transmitters who file for multiple payers to submit one application and to use their TCC for all payers. Include a list of all payers and their TINs with the Form 4419.

.06 If payers have their files prepared by a service bureau, they may not need to submit an application to obtain a TCC. Some service bureaus will produce files, code their own TCC on the media, and send it to IRS/MCC for the payer.

Other service bureaus will prepare magnetic media files and send them back to the payer to submit to IRS/MCC. These service bureaus may require the payer to obtain their own TCC to be coded in the "A" Record. Payers should contact their service bureau for further information.

.07 Once a payer is approved to file magnetically or electronically, it is not necessary to reapply each year unless:

(a) magnetic or electronic filing is discontinued for a year; the payer's TCC may have been reassigned by IRS/MCC.

(b) The payer's magnetic media files were transmitted in the past by a service bureau using the service bureau's TCC, but now the payer has computer equipment compatible with that of IRS/MCC and wishes to prepare their own files. The payer must request a TCC by filing Form 4419.

.08 Submit one Form 4419 regardless of how many types of media or methods used to file the return. A filer may have more than one TCC, but must code only one TCC per medium. Notify IRS/MCC of any TCCs that will not be used so these numbers may be reassigned.

.09 In accordance with Section 1.6041-7(b) of the Income Tax Regulations, payments by separate departments of a health care carrier to providers of medical and health care services may be reported on separate returns on magnetic media. In this case, the headquarters will be considered the transmitter, and the individual departments of the company filing reports will be considered payers. A single Form 4419 covering all departments filing on magnetic media should be submitted. One TCC may be used for all departments.

.10 Approval to file does not imply endorsement by IRS/MCC of the computer software or of the quality of tax preparation services provided.

SEC. 8. TEST FILES

.01 IRS/MCC does not require test files, except for filers wishing to participate in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program (see Part A, Sec. 17 for further information concerning the Combined Federal/State Filing Program).

.02 IRS/MCC encourages first-time magnetic media or electronic filers to submit a test. The test file should consist of a sample of each type of record:

(a) "A" Record (must not be fictitious data)

(b) Multiple Payee "B" Records

(c) End of Payer "C" Record

(d) State Totals "K" Record, if participating in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program

(e) End of Transmission "F" Record

It is not necessary to send a voluminous file; filers may choose to submit a single file or multiple files for their test.

.03 Use the indicator in the "A" Record to show that this is a test file.

.04 IRS/MCC will check the file to ensure it meets the specifications of this revenue procedure. For current filers, sending a test file will provide the opportunity to ensure that their software reflects any programming changes.

If unable to submit a magnetic or electronic test file, a hardcopy printout that shows a sample of each record type (A, B, C and F) may be submitted.

.05 Tests should be sent to IRS/MCC during these periods:

 Magnetic Media                       11/01 - 12/31

 

 Electronic                           11/01 - 12/31

 

 Hardcopy                             11/01 - 12/31

 

 

The test file must be received at MCC by December 31 in order to be processed.

Payers may begin submitting test tapes and diskettes after October 1; however, the data will not be processed until on or after November 1.

.06 Form 4804, Transmittal of Information Returns Reported Magnetically/Electronically, must accompany the filer's magnetic media test file. Mark the "TEST" checkbox in block 1 on the form. Also, check "TEST" on the external media label, Form 5064.

If submitting a hardcopy printout, mark the printout as "TEST" and include name, telephone number, and address of a person who can be contacted to discuss its acceptability.

.07 IRS/MCC will send a letter of acknowledgement to indicate the test results. Unacceptable magnetic media files, along with documentation identifying the errors, will be returned. Resubmission of files must be received by IRS/MCC no later than December 31.

.08 Successfully processed media will not be returned to filers.

SEC. 9. FILING OF INFORMATION RETURNS MAGNETICALLY/ELECTRONICALLY AND RETENTION REQUIREMENTS

.01 Form 4804, Transmittal of Information Returns Reported Magnetically/Electronically, must accompany all magnetic media and electronic submissions.

Form 4802, Transmittal of Information Returns Reported Magnetically/Electronically (Continuation) is a continuation of Form 4804 and should only be used if the filer is reporting more than four types of returns and/or more than four payers. Form 4802 is not a stand-alone form; it can only accompany Form 4804.

.02 IRS/MCC encourages the use of computer-generated substitutes for Form 4804/4802. The substitutes must contain all information requested on the original forms including the affidavit and signature line. Photocopies are acceptable but an original signature is required.

.03 A payer/transmitter may report for any combination of payers and/or documents in a submission. For example, if reporting Forms 1099-INT for Bank A, Forms 1099-DIV for Bank B, and Forms 1098 for Bank C, three separate tapes or diskettes need not be created. All three banks and all types of documents can be coded on one tape or diskette as long as each filing entity or type of return is separated by an "A" Record. Multiple tapes or diskettes can be sent in one package. Filers should include Form 4804, 4802, or computer-generated substitute with their shipment.

.04 Multiple types of media may be submitted in a shipment. However, submit a separate Form 4804 for each type of media.

.05 Current and prior-year data may be submitted in the same shipment; however, each tax year must be on separate media, or transmitted separately, and a separate Form 4804 should be prepared for each tax year.

.06 Payers who have prepared their information returns in advance of the due date are encouraged to submit this information to IRS/MCC no earlier than January 1 of the year the return is due.

.07 Do not report duplicate information. If a filer submits returns magnetically/electronically identical paper documents must not be reported. This may result in erroneous penalty notices.

.08 Form 4804 must be signed by the payer or the transmitter, service bureau, paying agent, or disbursing agent (all hereafter referred to as agent), on behalf of the payer. An agent may sign the Form 4804 if the agent has the authority to sign the affidavit under an agency agreement (either oral, written, or implied) that is valid under state law and adds the caption "FOR: (name of payer)."

Note: Failure to sign the affidavit on Form 4804 may delay processing or will result in the files being returned unprocessed.

.09 Although a duly authorized agent may sign the affidavit, the payer is responsible for the accuracy of the Form 4804 and the returns filed. The payer will be liable for penalties for failure to comply with filing requirements.

.10 An external label, Form 5064, must be affixed to each tape and diskette. If diskettes are used, and the operating system is not MS/DOS compatible, the operating system and hardware information must be provided. Failure to provide this information may result in the diskette being returned to the filer.

For instructions on how to complete Form 5064, refer to Notice 210, Preparation Instructions for Media Label, Form 5064. Notice 210 may be obtained by calling the IRS toll-free number 1-800-TAX-FORM (1-800-829-3676).

.11 On the outside of the shipping container, include a Form 4801, or a substitute for the form, which reads "DELIVER UNOPENED TO TAPE LIBRARY--MAGNETIC MEDIA REPORTING--BOX ____ of ____." If there is only one container, mark the outside as Box 1 of 1. For multiple containers, include the sequence (for example, Box 1 of 3, 2 of 3, 3 of 3).

.12 When submitting files include the following:

(a) A signed Form 4804 (or computer-generated substitute);

(b) Form 4802, if applicable;

(c) Form 5064, Media Label affixed to the magnetic media;

(d) and Form 4801, outside label.

Note: See Parts C and D for electronic submission requirements.

.13 If returns from different locations (using the same name and TIN) are submitted on the same file, IRS encourages you to consolidate each type of information return under one "A" Record. For example, all "B" Records for the same type of return should be together under one "A" Record and followed by the End of Payer "C" Record.

.14 IRS/MCC will not pay for or accept "Cash-on-Delivery" or "Charge to IRS" shipments of tax information that an individual or organization is legally required to submit.

.15 In general, payers should retain a copy of the information returns filed with IRS or to have the ability to reconstruct the data for at least 3 years from the reporting due date. Whenever backup withholding is imposed, a 4-year retention is required.

SEC. 10. DUE DATES

.01 The dates for filing paper returns with IRS also apply to magnetic media or electronic filing. Filing of information returns is on a calendar year basis, except for Form 5498 which is used to report amounts contributed during, or after (but not later than April 15) of the calendar year.

.02 Information returns filed magnetically/electronically for Forms 1098, 1099, and W-2G must be submitted to IRS/MCC postmarked no later than February 28. The due date for furnishing statements to recipients is January 31.

.03 Form 5498 filed magnetically/electronically must be submitted to IRS/MCC postmarked no later than May 31. Statements are due to the participants by May 31 for contributions made to IRAs for the prior calendar year. Form 5498 is filed for contributions to be applied to 1993 that are made between January 1, 1993, and April 15, 1994, and/or to report the fair market value of the IRA/SEP.

.04 If any due date falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday, the return or statement is considered timely if filed on the next day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday. If the date to furnish the statement to recipient falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday, the statement is considered timely if furnished on the next day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday.

.05 Use this revenue procedure to prepare information returns filed magnetically or electronically beginning January 1, 1994, and received by IRS/MCC no later than December 31, 1994.

SEC. 11. EXTENSIONS OF TIME

.01 A payer/transmitter may request an extension of time to file by submitting Form 8809, Request for Extension of Time To File Information Returns, to IRS/MCC. This form may be used to request an extension of time to file information returns submitted on paper, magnetic media or electronically.

.02 A transmitter may request an extension of time for multiple payers by submitting Form 8809 and attaching a list of the payer names, and TINs (EIN or SSN). The listing must be attached to ensure that the extension is recorded for all payers. Form 8809 may be computer-generated or photocopied. Be sure that all the pertinent information is included.

.03 Transmitters requesting an extension of time to file for 10 or more payers are encouraged to file the request on tape, tape cartridge, 5 1/4- or 3 1/2-inch diskette, or electronically through IRP-BBS. The record format is in Part G, Sec. 3, of this revenue procedure. Transmitters who submit requests for multiple payers will receive one approval letter with an attached list of payers covered under that approval.

.04 Filers may request an extension of time for 30 days as soon as they are aware that an extension is necessary but no later than the due date of the return. It will take a minimum of 30 days for IRS/MCC to respond to an extension request. Under certain circumstances a request for an extension of time could be denied. In such cases the payer receives a denial letter. When this denial letter is received the payer has 20 days to provide the necessary information and resubmit the request to IRS/MCC.

.05 If an additional extension of time is needed, another Form 8809 must be submitted. Additional time must be requested before the end of the initial extension period.

.06 Form 8809 must be postmarked no later than the due date of the return for which an extension is requested. If requesting an extension of time to file several types of forms, use one Form 8809, but the Form 8809 must be postmarked no later than the earliest due date. For example, if requesting an extension of time to file both Forms 1099-INT and 5498, submit Form 8809 postmarked on or before February 28. Complete more than one Form 8809 to avoid this problem.

.07 Request an extension for only one tax year.

.08 The extension request must be signed by the payer or a duly authorized representative.

.09 Failure to properly complete and sign the Form 8809 may cause delays in processing the request or result in a denial. Please read the instructions on the back of the Form 8809 carefully.

.10 Copies of Form 8809 may be obtained by calling 1-800-TAX-FORM (1-800-829-3676).

.11 Request an extension of time to provide the statement to recipient by submitting a letter to IRS/MCC or to the payer's local District Director containing the following information:

(a) Payer Name;

(b) TIN;

(c) Address;

(d) Type of Return;

(e) Reason for Delay; and,

(f) Signature of Payer or Authorized Agent.

Requests for an extension of time to furnish the statements to recipients are not automatically approved; however, if approved, generally an extension will allow a minimum of 15 days to furnish the statement to the recipient. The request must be postmarked by the date on which the statements are due to be furnished to the recipients.

SEC. 12. PROCESSING OF INFORMATION RETURNS MAGNETICALLY/ELECTRONICALLY

.01 All data received at IRS/MCC for processing will be given the same protection as individual returns (Form 1040). IRS/MCC will process the data and determine if the records are formatted and coded according to this revenue procedure.

.02 If the data is formatted incorrectly, the file will be returned for replacement. If media is returned, it is because a replacement is needed. Open all packages immediately.

.03 Files must be corrected and returned to IRS/MCC within 45 days from the date of the letter included with the files to avoid a failure-to-file penalty. When possible, IRS/MCC may only return the portion of the file that needs replacement.

.04 A sample "B" record identifying errors encountered will be provided with the returned media. It is the payer's responsibility to check the entire file for similar errors.

.05 The following definitions have been provided to help distinguish between a correction and a replacement:

A correction is an information return submitted by the payer to correct an information return that was successfully processed by IRS/MCC, but contained erroneous information.

A replacement is an information return file that IRS/MCC has returned to the payer/transmitter due to errors encountered during processing. After necessary changes have been made, the file must be returned for processing.

.06 IRS/MCC no longer returns media after successful processing. Therefore, if the filer wants proof that IRS/MCC received a shipment, the filer should select a service with tracing capabilities or one that will provide proof of delivery.

.07 IRS/MCC will work with filers as much as possible to assist with processing problems. If the filer is contacted by IRS/MCC, please respond promptly. IRS/MCC may have information that the filer needs to correct their file.

.08 IRS/MCC contacts payers who have submitted payee data with missing TINs in an attempt to prevent errors that could result in penalties. Payers who submit data with missing TINs and have taken the required steps to obtain this information, are encouraged to attach a letter of explanation to the required Form 4804. This will prevent unnecessary contact from IRS/MCC.

.09 Do not use special shipping containers for transmitting data to IRS/MCC since they cannot be returned.

SEC. 13. PENALTIES

.01 Sections 6721 through 6724 of the Internal Revenue Code contain the penalty provisions for most information returns. The penalty for failure-to-file correct information returns is "time sensitive" in that failure to correct errors may result in a higher penalty.

The penalty, under Section 6722, is $50 for each information return that is not filed, or is not filed correctly, by the prescribed filing date, with a maximum penalty of $250,000 per year ($100,000 for small businesses with average annual gross receipts, over the most recent 3-year period, not in excess of $5,000,000). The penalty generally is reduced to:

(a) $30 for each information return for failure to comply if the failure is corrected more than 30 days after the return was due, but on or before August 1 of the calendar year in which the return was due, with a maximum penalty of $150,000 per year ($50,000 for small businesses with average annual gross receipts, over the most recent 3-year period, not in excess of $5,000,000).

(b) $15 for each information return for failure to comply if the failure is corrected within 30 days after the date the return was due (March 30 if the due date is February 28), with a maximum penalty of $75,000 per year ($25,000 for small businesses with average annual gross receipts, over the most recent 3-year period, not in excess of $5,000,000).

.02 In addition, a de minimis rule provides that if:

(a) information returns were filed with incomplete or incorrect information, and

(b) the failures are corrected on or before August 1 of the calendar year in which the returns were due, then the penalty for filing incorrect returns (but not the penalty for filing late) will not apply to the greater of 10 returns or one-half of 1 percent of the total number of information returns the filer is required to file for the calendar year.

.03 The penalty under Section 6722, is $50 for each recipient statement that is not furnished on or before the prescribed filing date or is furnished with incorrect information. The maximum penalty is $100,000 per year.

.04 Intentional Disregard of Filing Requirements--If any failure to file a correct information return is due to intentional disregard of the filing and correct information requirements, the penalty is at least $100 per information return with no maximum penalty.

.05 Forms 1099-R--The penalties under Sections 6721 and 6722 do not apply to Form 1099-R, which is filed under section 6047. The penalty for failure to timely file Form 1099-R is $25 for each day during which such failure continues but the total amount imposed under this subsection on any person for failure to file a return shall not exceed $15,000. See Section 6652(e) of the Internal Revenue Code.

.06 Forms 5498--The penalties under Sections 6721 and 6722 do not apply to Form 5498, which is filed under Section 408(i). The penalty for failure to timely file Form 5498 is $50 per return with no maximum. See Section 6693(a) of the Internal Revenue Code.

.07 Penalties may be waived if failures are due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect.

Caution: Congress has considered, and may consider again, legislation that would apply the penalties under Sections 6721 and 6722 to Forms 1099-R and 5498.

SEC. 14. CORRECTED RETURNS

.01 The 250 magnetic media filing requirement applies separately to both original and corrected returns.

Example: If a payer has 100 Forms 1099-A to be corrected, they can be filed on paper since they fall under the 250 threshold. However, if the payer has 300 Forms 1099-B to be corrected, they must be filed magnetically/electronically since they exceed the 250 threshold. If for some reason a payer cannot file the 300 corrections on magnetic media, to avoid penalties, a request for a waiver must be submitted before filing on paper. No waiver is required for corrections that fall under the required threshold.

.02 Corrections should be filed as soon as possible, but no later than August 1 of the year the return is due, in order to avoid the maximum $50 penalty. However, if payers discover errors after August 1, they may still be required to file corrections so that they will not be subjected to a penalty for intentional disregard of the filing requirements. Failure to correct information returns may result in penalties for failure to provide correct information. All fields must be completed with the correct information, not just the data fields needing correction. Submit corrections only for the returns filed in error, not the entire file. If the entire file is in error, contact IRS/MCC immediately. Furnish corrected statements to recipients as soon as possible.

.03 There are numerous types of errors, and in some cases, more than one transaction may be required to correct the initial error. If the original return was filed as an aggregate, the filer must consider this in filing corrected returns. NOTE: IRS/MCC strongly encourages filers to read this entire section before attempting to make any corrections.

.04 Corrected returns may be included on the same medium as original returns; however, separate "A" Records are required. Corrected returns must be identified on the Form 4804 and the Form 5064 by marking the correction box provided.

Note: If filers discover that certain information returns were omitted on their original file, they should not submit these documents as corrections. They should submit them as originals.

.05 If a payer discovers errors for prior years that affect a large number of payees, in addition to sending IRS the corrected returns and notifying the payees, a letter containing the following information should be sent to IRS/MCC:

(a) Name and address of payer

(b) Type of error (please explain clearly)

(c) Tax year

(d) Payer TIN

(e) TCC

(f) Number of Payees

This information will be forwarded to the appropriate office in an attempt to prevent erroneous notices from being sent to the payees. The correction must be submitted on an actual information return document or filed magnetically/electronically.

Provide the correct tax year in Box 2 of the Form 4804 and on Form 5064.

.06 Prior-year data, original or corrected, must be filed according to the requirements of this revenue procedure. If submitting prior-year corrections, use the record format for the current year. However, use the actual year designation of the correction in field positions 2-3 or positions 3-4 for 8-inch diskette filing. If filing electronically, a separate transmission must be made for each tax year.

.07 In general payers/transmitters should submit corrections for returns to be filed within the last three calendar years (four years if the payment is a reportable payment subject to backup withholding under section 3406 of the Code).

.08 All paper returns, whether original or corrected, must be filed with the appropriate service center.

.09 Form 4804 and Form 4802, must be submitted with corrected files submitted magnetically or electronically.

.10 The "B" Record provides a 20-position field for the Payer's Account Number for the Payee. This number will help identify the appropriate incorrect return if more than one return is filed for a particular payee. Do not enter a TIN in this field. A payer's account number for the payee may be a checking account number, savings account number, serial number, or any other number assigned to the payee by the payer that will distinguish the specific account. This number should appear on the initial return and on the corrected return in order to identify and process the correction properly.

.11 The record sequence for filing corrections is the same as for original returns.

.12 Review the chart that follows. Errors normally fall under one of the two categories listed. Next to each type of error made is a list of instructions on how to file the corrected return.

                Guidelines for Filing Corrected Returns

 

                      Magnetically/Electronically

 

 

 Error Made on the Original Return  How To File the Corrected Return

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 TWO SEPARATE TRANSACTIONS ARE

 

 REQUIRED TO MAKE THE FOLLOWING

 

 CORRECTIONS PROPERLY. FOLLOW

 

 DIRECTIONS FOR BOTH TRANSACTIONS   TRANSACTION 1: Identify incorrect

 

 1 AND 2. (SEE NOTE 1)              returns

 

 

 1. Original return was filed       A. Prepare a new Form 4804/4802

 

    with one or more of the            that includes information

 

    following errors:                  related to this file.

 

    (a) No Payee TIN (SSN or EIN)   B. Mark "Correction" in Block 1 of

 

    (b) Incorrect Payee TIN            Form 4804.

 

    (c) Incorrect Payee Name        C. Prepare a new file. Make

 

    (d) Wrong type of return           a separate "A" Record for

 

        indicator                      each type of return being

 

                                       reported. The information in

 

                                       the "A" Record will be exactly

 

                                       the same as it was in the

 

                                       original submission.

 

                                    D. The Payee "B" Record must

 

                                       contain exactly the same

 

                                       information as submitted

 

                                       previously except insert a "G"

 

                                       in field position 7 (position 8

 

                                       for 8-inch diskettes) of the

 

                                       "B" Record, and for all payment

 

                                       amounts, enter "0" (zero).

 

                                    E. Corrected returns submitted to

 

                                       IRS/MCC using a "G" coded "B"

 

                                       Record may be on the same tape

 

                                       or diskette as those returns

 

                                       submitted without the "G" code;

 

                                       however, separate "A" Records

 

                                       are required.

 

                                    F. Prepare a "C" Record

 

 

                                    TRANSACTION 2: Report the correct

 

                                    information

 

 

                                    A. Prepare a new file with the

 

                                       correct information in all

 

                                       records.

 

                                    B. Make a separate "A" Record for

 

                                       each type of return and

 

                                       each payer being reported.

 

                                    C. The "B" record must show the

 

                                       correct information as well

 

                                       as a "C" in field position

 

                                       7 (position 8 for 8-inch

 

                                       diskettes).

 

                                    D. Corrected returns submitted to

 

                                       IRS/MCC using a "C" coded

 

                                       "B" Record may be on the same

 

                                       tape or diskette as those

 

                                       returns submitted without the

 

                                       "C" code; however, separate "A"

 

                                       Records are required.

 

                                    E. Prepare a "C" Record.

 

                                    F. Check the "Correction Box" on

 

                                       the Form 5064.

 

 

 NOTE 1: Payers who can show that they have reasonable cause (defined

 

 in the regulations under sections 6721-6724 of the Internal Revenue

 

 Code) are not required to make corrections for returns filed with a

 

 missing or incorrect name and/or TIN. These payers should change

 

 their records in order to submit correct information in the future.

 

 Payers who cannot show reasonable cause are encouraged to make

 

 corrections for the current processing year to reduce applicable

 

 penalties. Corrections filed by August 1 will reduce the $50 per

 

 return penalty for filing returns with missing or incorrect

 

 information to $15 or $30 (See Part A, Sec. 13 for information on the

 

 tiered penalty). Corrections filed after August 1 will not reduce the

 

 penalty but will allow IRS to update the payee's records. The

 

 regulations for IRC sections 6721-6724 are available in Publication

 

 1586, Reasonable Cause Regulations and Requirements as They Apply to

 

 Missing and Incorrect TINS.

 

 

 ONE TRANSACTION IS REQUIRED TO

 

 MAKE THE FOLLOWING CORRECTIONS

 

 PROPERLY. (SEE NOTE 2)

 

 

 2. Original return was filed       A. Prepare a new Form 4804/4802

 

    with one or more of the            that includes information

 

    following errors:                  relating to this new file.

 

    (a) Incorrect Payment Amount    B. Mark "Correction" in Block 1 of

 

        Codes in the "A" Record        Form 4804.

 

    (b) Incorrect Payment amounts   C. Prepare a new file. Make

 

        in the "B" Record.             separate "A" Records for each

 

    (c) Incorrect Code in the          type of return being reported.

 

        Document Specific/             Information in the "A"

 

        Distribution Code Field        Record may be the same as it

 

        in the "B" Record.             was in the original

 

    (d) Incorrect Payee Address        submission.

 

    (e) Direct Sales Indicator.     D. The "B" Record must show the

 

                                       correct information as well as

 

                                       a "G" in field position 7

 

                                       (position 8 for 8-inch

 

                                       diskettes).

 

                                    E. Corrected returns submitted to

 

                                       IRS/MCC using a "G" coded "B"

 

                                       Record may be on the same tape

 

                                       or diskette as those returns

 

                                       submitted without the "G" code;

 

                                       however, separate "A" Records

 

                                       are required.

 

                                    F. Prepare a "C" Record.

 

                                    G. Check the "Correction box" on

 

                                       the Form 5064.

 

 

 NOTE 2: If a filer is correcting the name and/or TIN in addition to

 

 any errors listed in item 2 of the chart, then two transactions will

 

 be required.

 

 

If a filer is reporting "G" coded, "C" coded, and/or "Non-coded" (original) returns on the same media, they must be reported under a separate "A" record.

SEC. 15. TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (TIN)

.01 Under Section 6109 of the Internal Revenue Code, the regulations require a person furnish their TIN to the person obligated to file the information return.

.02 The payee's TIN and name combination is used to associate information returns reported to IRS/MCC with corresponding information on tax returns. It is imperative that correct social security and employer identification numbers for payees be provided to IRS/MCC. Do not enter hyphens or alpha characters. Entering all zeros, ones, twos, etc. will have the effect of an incorrect TIN.

.03 The payer and payee names with associated TINs should be consistent with the names and TINs used on other tax returns. Also, the name and TIN provided must belong to the owner of the account. If the account is recorded in more than one name, furnish the name and TIN of one of the owners of the account. The TIN provided MUST be associated with the name of the payee provided in the first name line of the "B" Record. For individuals, the payee TIN is generally the payee's social security number. For other entities, the payee TIN is the payee's Employer Identification Number. For sole proprietors, the payee TIN may be either a SSN or EIN but the sole proprietor's name (not the business name) must be used.

.04 Failure to provide the correct name and corresponding TIN could result in a penalty and/or backup withholding notice (sometimes referred to as a "B" notice).

.05 The following charts will help payers determine the TIN to be furnished to IRS/MCC for those persons for whom they are reporting information (payees).

            CHART 1. Guidelines for Social Security Numbers

 

 

                               In the Taxpayer

 

                               Identification

 

                               Number field of    In the First Payee

 

                               the Payee "B"      Name Line of the

 

                               Record, enter      Payee "B" Record,

 

 For this type of account--    the SSN of--       enter the name of--

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1. Individual                 The individual     The individual

 

 

 2. Joint account              The SSN of the     The individual

 

 (Two or more individuals,     person whose       whose SSN is

 

 including                     name is used       entered

 

 husband and wife)             for Information

 

                               Return

 

                               Reporting.

 

 

 3. Custodian account          The minor          The minor

 

 of a minor (Uniform

 

 Gift, or Transfers,

 

 to Minors Act)

 

 

 4. The usual                  The grantor-       The grantor-

 

 revocable savings             trustee            trustee

 

 trust account

 

 (grantor is also

 

 trustee)

 

 

 5. A so-called trust          The actual owner   The actual owner

 

 account that is not

 

 a legal or valid

 

 trust under state

 

 law

 

 

 6. A sole                     The owner          The owner, not the

 

 proprietorship                (An SSN or EIN)    business name

 

                                                  (the filer may enter

 

                                                  the business name

 

                                                  on the second name

 

                                                  line).

 

 

        CHART 2. Guidelines for Employer Identification Numbers

 

 

                               In the Taxpayer

 

                               Identification

 

                               Number field of    In the First Payee

 

                               the Payee "B"      Name Line of the

 

                               Record, enter      Payee "B" Record,

 

 For this type of account--    the EIN of--       enter the name of--

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1. A valid trust,             Legal entity 1   The legal trust,

 

 estate, or pension                               estate, or

 

 trust                                            pension trust

 

 

 2. Corporate                  The corporation    The corporation

 

 

 3. Association, club,         The organization   The organization

 

 religious, charitable,

 

 educational or

 

 other tax-exempt

 

 organization

 

 

 4. Partnership account        The partnership    The partnership

 

 held in the name

 

 of the business

 

 

 5. A broker or                The broker or      The broker or

 

 registered nominee/           nominee/           nominee/

 

 middleman                     middleman          middleman

 

 

 6. Account with the           The public entity  The public entity

 

 Department of

 

 Agriculture in the

 

 name of a public

 

 entity (such as a

 

 state or local

 

 government, school

 

 district, or prison),

 

 that receives

 

 agriculture program

 

 payments

 

 

 7. Sole Proprietorship        The business       The owner, not the

 

                               (EIN or SSN)       business name

 

                                                  (the filer may enter

 

                                                  the business name

 

                                                  on the second name

 

                                                  line).

 

 

      1 Do not furnish the identification number of the personal

 

 representative or trustee unless the name of the representative or

 

 trustee is used in the account title.

 

 

SEC. 16. EFFECT ON PAPER RETURNS

.01 Magnetic/electronic reporting of information returns eliminates the need to submit paper documents to the IRS. CAUTION! Do not send Copy A of the paper forms to IRS/MCC in addition to magnetic media and electronic filing. This will result in duplicate filing; therefore, notices could be generated.

.02 Payers are responsible for providing statements to the payees as outlined in the 1993 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G." Refer to these instructions for filing information returns on paper with the IRS and furnishing statements to recipients.

.03 Statements to recipients should be clear and legible. If the official IRS form is not used, the filer must adhere to the specifications and guidelines in Publication 1179, Specifications for Paper Document Reporting and Paper Substitutes for Forms 1096, 1098, 1099 Series, 5498, and W-2G.

SEC. 17. COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING PROGRAM

.01 The Combined Federal/State Filing Program was established to simplify information returns filing for the taxpayer. IRS/MCC will forward this information to participating states free of charge for approved filers. Separate reporting to those states is not necessary. Forms 1098, 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-S, and W-2G cannot be filed under this program.

.02 To request approval to participate, a test file coded for this program must be submitted to IRS/MCC between November 1 and December 31 for magnetic media and electronic files.

.03 Attach a letter to the Form 4804 submitted with the test file to indicate a desire to participate in this program.

.04 A test file is only required for the first year. Each record, both in the test and the actual data file, must conform to this revenue procedure.

.05 If the test file is acceptable, IRS/MCC will send the filer an approval letter, and a Form 6847, Consent for Internal Revenue Service to Release Tax Information, which the payer must complete, sign, and return to IRS/MCC before any tax information can be released to the state. Filers must write their TCC on Form 6847. If the test file is not acceptable, IRS/MCC will return the media with a letter indicating the problems, and the replacement test file must be returned to IRS/MCC postmarked on or before December 31.

.06 A separate Form 6847 is required for each payer. A transmitter may not combine payers on one Form 6847 even though acting as Attorney-in-Fact for several payers. Form 6847 may be computer-generated as long as it includes all information that is on the original form or it may be photocopied. If the Form 6847 is signed by an Attorney-in-Fact, the written consent from the payer must clearly indicate that the Attorney-in-Fact is empowered to authorize release of the information.

.07 Only code the records for participating states and for those payers who have submitted Form 6847.

.08 Some participating states require separate notification that the payer is filing in this manner. Since IRS/MCC acts as a forwarding agent only, it is the payer's responsibility to contact the appropriate states for further information.

.09 All corrections properly coded for the Combined Federal/State Filing Program will be forwarded to the participating states.

.10 Participating states and corresponding valid state codes are listed in Table 1 of this section. The appropriate state code must be entered for those documents that meet the state filing requirements; do not use state abbreviations.

.11 To simplify filing, some of the participating states have provided their information return reporting requirements (see Table 2). It is the payer's responsibility to contact the participating states to verify the criteria provided in this table.

.12 Upon submission of the actual files, the filer must be sure of the following:

(a) All records should be coded exactly as required by this revenue procedure.

(b) The "C" Record must be followed by a state total "K" Record for each state being reported.

(c) Payment amount totals and the valid participating state code must be included in the State Totals "K" Record.

(d) The last "K" Record is followed by an "A" Record or an End of Transmission "F" Record (if this is the last record of the entire file).

             TABLE 1. PARTICIPATING STATES AND THEIR CODES

 

 

 State                                                            Code

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Alabama                                                           01

 

 Arizona                                                           04

 

 Arkansas                                                          05

 

 California                                                        06

 

 Delaware                                                          10

 

 District of Columbia                                              11

 

 Georgia                                                           13

 

 Hawaii                                                            15

 

 Idaho                                                             16

 

 Indiana                                                           18

 

 Iowa                                                              19

 

 Kansas                                                            20

 

 Maine                                                             23

 

 Massachusetts                                                     25

 

 Minnesota                                                         27

 

 Mississippi                                                       28

 

 Missouri                                                          29

 

 Montana                                                           30

 

 New Jersey                                                        34

 

 New Mexico                                                        35

 

 North Carolina                                                    37

 

 North Dakota                                                      38

 

 Oregon                                                            41

 

 South Carolina                                                    45

 

 Tennessee                                                         47

 

 Wisconsin                                                         55

 

 

             TABLE 2. DOLLAR CRITERIA FOR STATE REPORTING

 

 

 State        1099-  1099-  1099-  1099-      1099-  1099-  1099-

 

               DIV     G     INT    MISC       OID    PATR    R   5498

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Alabama      $1500  $  NR  $1500  $1500      $1500  $1500  $1500   NR

 

 Arkansas       100   2500    100   2500       2500   2500   2500  /a/

 

 District of

 

 Columbia /b/   600    600    600    600        600    600    600   NR

 

 Hawaii          10    /a/     10    600         10     10    600  /a/

 

 Idaho           10     10     10    600         10     10    600  /a/

 

 Iowa           100   1000   1000   1000       1000   1000   1000   NR

 

 Minnesota       10     10     10    600         10     10    600  /a/

 

 Mississippi    600    600    600    600        600    600    600   NR

 

 Missouri        NR     NR     NR   1200 /c/     10     10    600  /a/

 

 Montana         10     10     10    600         NR     NR     NR   NR

 

 New Jersey    1000   1000   1000   1000       1000   1000   1000   NR

 

 North

 

 Carolina       100    100    100    600        100    100    100  /a/

 

 Tennessee       25     NR     25     NR         NR     NR     NR   NR

 

 Wisconsin       NR     NR     NR    600         NR     NR    600   NR

 

 

 Note: This list is for information purposes only. For complete

 

 information on state filing requirements, contact the appropriate

 

 state tax agencies. Filing requirements for any state in TABLE 1 not

 

 shown in TABLE 2 are the same as the Federal requirement.

 

 

 NR - No filing requirement.

 

 

 Footnotes:

 

 

 /a/ All amounts are to be reported.

 

 /b/ Amounts are for aggregates of several types of income from the

 

 same payer.

 

 /c/ Missouri would prefer those returns filed with respect to

 

 non-Missouri residents to be sent directly to their state agency.

 

 

SEC. 18. DEFINITION OF TERMS

 Element            Description

 

 

 Asynchronous       This type of data transmission is most often used

 

 Protocols          by microcomputers, PCs and some minicomputers.

 

                    Asynchronous transmissions transfer data at

 

                    arbitrary time intervals using the start-stop

 

                    method. Each character transmitted has its own

 

                    start bit and stop bit.

 

 

 b                  Denotes a blank position. Enter blank(s) when this

 

                    symbol is used (do not enter the letter "b"). This

 

                    appears in numerous areas throughout the record

 

                    descriptions.

 

 

 Bisynchronous      For purposes of this publication, these are

 

 Protocols          electronic transmissions made using IBM 3780

 

                    protocols. These transmissions must be in EBCDIC

 

                    character code and use the Bell 208B (4800bps) or

 

                    AT&T 2296A (9600bps) modems. Standard IBM 3780

 

                    space compression is acceptable.

 

 

 Correction         A correction is an information return submitted

 

                    by the payer to correct an information return that

 

                    was successfully processed by IRS/MCC, but

 

                    contained erroneous information.

 

 

 CUSIP Number       A number developed by the Committee on Uniform

 

                    Security Identification Procedures to serve as a

 

                    common denominator in communications among users

 

                    for security transactions and security

 

                    information.

 

 

 Data File          A group of records on tape beginning with a tape

 

                    mark and ending with a trailer label.

 

 

 Employer           A nine-digit number assigned by IRS Number (EIN)

 

 Identification     for Federal tax reporting purposes.

 

 Number (EIN)

 

 

 Electronic         Submission of information returns using switched

 

 Filing             telecommunications network circuits. These

 

                    transmissions use modems, dial-up phone lines, and

 

                    asynchronous or bisynchronous protocols. See Part

 

                    C and D of this publication for specific

 

                    information on electronic filing.

 

 

 File               For purposes of this revenue procedure, a file

 

                    consists of all records submitted by a Payer or

 

                    Transmitter, either magnetically or

 

                    electronically.

 

 

 Filer              May be payer and/or transmitter.

 

 

 Foreign            Any corporation organized or created other than in

 

 Corporation        or under the laws of the United States, any of its

 

                    states, the District of Columbia, or territories.

 

 

 Golden             A payment made by a corporation to a certain

 

 Parachute          officer, shareholder, or highly compensated

 

 Payments           individual when a change in the ownership or

 

                    control of the corporation occurs or when a change

 

                    in the ownership of a substantial part of the

 

                    corporate assets occurs.

 

 

 Inconsequential    An error or omission of data that does not prevent

 

 Error              or hinder the IRS/MCC from processing the return,

 

                    from correlating the information required to be

 

                    shown on the information return with information

 

                    shown on the payee's tax return, or from otherwise

 

                    putting the return to its intended use. For

 

                    example, if the payee address is 4821 Grant

 

                    Boulevard and the word "boulevard" is misspelled,

 

                    a correction does not have to be made.

 

 

 Incorrect          A TIN may be incorrect for Identification Number

 

 Taxpayer           several reasons:

 

 Identification

 

 Number             (a) The payee gave a wrong number (e.g., the payee

 

 (Incorrect TIN)        is listed as the only owner of an account but

 

                        provided someone else's TIN).

 

 

                    (b) A processing error (e.g., the number was typed

 

                        incorrectly).

 

 

                    (c) The payee's status changed (e.g., the payee

 

                        name change was not conveyed to the IRS or SSA

 

                        so that they could enter the change in their

 

                        records).

 

 

 Information        The vehicle for submitting required information

 

 Return             about another person to IRS. Information returns

 

                    are filed by financial institutions and by others

 

                    who make certain types of payments as part of

 

                    their trade or business.

 

 

                    The information required to be reported on an

 

                    information return includes interest, dividends,

 

                    pensions, nonemployee compensation for personal

 

                    services, stock transactions, sales of real

 

                    estate, mortgage interest, and other types of

 

                    information.

 

 

 Information        For this revenue procedure, an information return

 

 Returns            is Form 1098, 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-DIV, 1099-G,

 

                    1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-OID, 1099-PATR, 1099-R,

 

                    1099-S, 5498 or W-2G.

 

 

 Magnetic Media     For this revenue procedure, the term "magnetic

 

                    media" refers to 1/2-inch magnetic tape; IBM

 

                    3480/3490 compatible tape cartridge; or 5 1/4-,

 

                    3 1/2- or 8-inch diskette.

 

 

 Missing Taxpayer   The payee TIN on an information return is

 

 Identification     "missing" if:

 

 Number

 

 (Missing TIN)      (a) there is no entry in the TIN field,

 

 

                    (b) includes one or more alpha characters

 

                        (a character or symbol other than an Arabic

 

                        number) as one of the nine digits, OR

 

 

                    (c) payee TIN has less than nine digits.

 

 

 PS 58 Costs        The current cost of life insurance under a

 

                    qualified plan taxable under Section 72(m) and

 

                    Regulations Section 1.72-16(b). (See Part B, Sec.

 

                    7 Payee "B" Record, Document Specific/Distribution

 

                    Code, Category of Distribution, Code 9.)

 

 

 Payee              Person or organization receiving payments from the

 

                    Payer, or for whom an information return must be

 

                    filed. The payee includes a borrower (Form

 

                    1099-A), participant (Form 5498) and a gambling

 

                    winner (Form W-2G). For Form 1098, the payee is

 

                    the individual paying the interest. For Form

 

                    1099-S, the payee is the seller or other

 

                    transferor.

 

 

 Payer              Includes the person making payments, a recipient

 

                    of mortgage interest payments, a broker, a person

 

                    reporting a real estate transaction, a barter

 

                    exchange, a trustee or issuer of an IRA or SEP, or

 

                    a lender who acquires an interest in secured

 

                    property or who has reason to know that the

 

                    property has been abandoned. The payer will be

 

                    held responsible for the completeness, accuracy,

 

                    and timely submission of magnetic media files.

 

 

 Replacement        A replacement is an information return file that

 

                    IRS/MCC has returned to the payer/transmitter due

 

                    to errors encountered during processing.

 

 

 Service Bureau     Person or organization with whom the payer has a

 

                    contract to prepare and/or submit information

 

                    return files to IRS/MCC. A parent company

 

                    submitting data for a subsidiary is not considered

 

                    a service bureau.

 

 

 Social Security    A nine-digit number assigned by SSA to an

 

 Number (SSN)       individual for tax and wage reporting purposes.

 

 

 Special Character  Any character that is not a numeral, an alpha, or

 

                    a blank.

 

 

 SSA                Social Security Administration.

 

 

 Statement to       For purposes of this revenue procedure, the copy

 

 Recipient          of Form 1099, 1098, 5498, or W-2G that is required

 

                    to be sent by the payer to the recipient to

 

                    provide information to be reported on the

 

                    recipient's tax return. When reporting Form 1098,

 

                    the payer is the receiver of the mortgage interest

 

                    and the recipient is the person making the

 

                    interest payment. When reporting Form 1099-S, the

 

                    payer is the entity reporting the transaction and

 

                    the recipient is the seller.

 

 

 Taxpayer           May be either an Employer Identification

 

 Identification     Number (EIN) or Social Security Number (SSN).

 

 Number (TIN)

 

 

 Transfer Agent     The transfer agent, or paying agent, is the entity

 

 (Paying Agent)     who has been contracted or authorized by the payer

 

                    to perform the services of paying and reporting

 

                    backup withholding (Form 941). The payer may be

 

                    required to submit to IRS/MCC a Form 2678,

 

                    Employer Appointment of Agent Under Section 3504

 

                    of the Internal Revenue Code, which notifies

 

                    IRS/MCC of the transfer agent relationship.

 

 

 Transmitter        Person or organization submitting magnetic media

 

                    file(s). May be Payer or agent of Payer.

 

 

 Transmitter        A five character alpha/numeric number assigned by

 

 Control Code       IRS/MCC to the transmitter prior to actual filing

 

 (TCC)              magnetically or electronically. This number is

 

                    inserted in the "A" Record of the files and must

 

                    be present before the file can be processed. An

 

                    application Form 4419 must be filed with IRS/MCC

 

                    to receive this number.

 

 

SEC. 19. STATE ABBREVIATIONS

.01 You must use the following state abbreviations when developing the state code portion of address fields. This table provides state abbreviations only, and does not represent those states participating in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program.

 State                                                            Code

 

 

 Alabama                                                           AL

 

 Alaska                                                            AK

 

 American Samoa                                                    AS

 

 Arizona                                                           AZ

 

 Arkansas                                                          AR

 

 California                                                        CA

 

 Colorado                                                          CO

 

 Connecticut                                                       CT

 

 Delaware                                                          DE

 

 District of Columbia                                              DC

 

 Federated States of Micronesia                                    FM

 

 Florida                                                           FL

 

 Georgia                                                           GA

 

 Guam                                                              GU

 

 Hawaii                                                            HI

 

 Idaho                                                             ID

 

 Illinois                                                          IL

 

 Indiana                                                           IN

 

 Iowa                                                              IA

 

 Kansas                                                            KS

 

 Kentucky                                                          KY

 

 Louisiana                                                         LA

 

 Maine                                                             ME

 

 Marshall Islands                                                  MH

 

 Maryland                                                          MD

 

 Massachusetts                                                     MA

 

 Michigan                                                          MI

 

 Minnesota                                                         MN

 

 Mississippi                                                       MS

 

 Missouri                                                          MO

 

 Montana                                                           MT

 

 Nebraska                                                          NE

 

 Nevada                                                            NV

 

 New Hampshire                                                     NH

 

 New Jersey                                                        NJ

 

 New Mexico                                                        NM

 

 New York                                                          NY

 

 North Carolina                                                    NC

 

 North Dakota                                                      ND

 

 Northern Mariana Islands                                          MP

 

 Ohio                                                              OH

 

 Oklahoma                                                          OK

 

 Oregon                                                            OR

 

 Palau                                                             PW

 

 Pennsylvania                                                      PA

 

 Puerto Rico                                                       PR

 

 Rhode Island                                                      RI

 

 South Carolina                                                    SC

 

 South Dakota                                                      SD

 

 Tennessee                                                         TN

 

 Texas                                                             TX

 

 Utah                                                              UT

 

 Vermont                                                           VT

 

 Virginia                                                          VA

 

 Virgin Islands                                                    VI

 

 Washington                                                        WA

 

 West Virginia                                                     WV

 

 Wisconsin                                                         WI

 

 Wyoming                                                           WY

 

 

.02 Filers must adhere to the city, state, and ZIP code format for U.S. addresses in the "B" Record. This also includes American Samoa, Guam, Northern Mariana Islands, Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands and others.

.03 For foreign country addresses, filers may use a 40-position free format which should include city, province or state, postal code, and name of country in this order. This is allowable only if a "1" appears in the Foreign Country Indicator Field of the "B" Record.

.04 When reporting APO/FPO addresses use the following format:

                                        EXAMPLE:

 

             Payee Name                 PVT Willard J. Doe

 

             Mailing Address            Company F, PSC Box 100

 

                                        167 Infantry REGT

 

             Payee City                 APO (or FPO)

 

         /*/ Payee State                AE, AA or AP

 

             Payee ZIP Code             098010100

 

 

      /*/ AE is the designation for ZIPs beginning with 090-098, AA

 

 for ZIP 340, and AP for ZIPs 962-966.

 

 

SEC. 20. MAJOR PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED

IRS/MCC encourages filers to verify the format and content of each type of record to ensure the accuracy of the data. This may eliminate the need for IRS/MCC to return files for replacement. This may be important for those payers who have either had their files prepared by a service bureau or who have purchased pre-programmed software packages. If a filer purchased a software package for a previous tax year, it may no longer be valid for reporting current tax year information returns. Following are some of the most frequently encountered problems with magnetic/electronic files submitted to IRS/MCC.

1. Discrepancy between IRS/MCC totals and totals in Payer "C" Records.

The "C" Record is a summary record for a type of return for a given payer as reported in the "B" Records. IRS balances the total number of payees and payment amounts and compares them with totals in the "C" Records. Payers should verify the accuracy of the records because imbalances may necessitate return of files for replacement.

2. The Payment Amount Fields in the "B" Record do not correspond to the amount codes in the "A" Record.

If codes 2, 4, and 7 appear in the Amount Codes Field of the "A" Record, then the "B" Record must show payment amounts in only Fields 2, 4, and 7, right-justified and unused positions zero (0) filled.

      EXAMPLE:     "A" RECORD      247bbbbbb--(b = blank)

 

                                   (Pos. 23-31)

 

                                   (Pos. 24-32 for 8-inch diskettes)

 

 

                   "B" RECORD      0000867599--(Payment Amount 2)

 

                                   (Pos. 61-70)

 

                                   (Pos. 62-71 for 8-inch diskettes)

 

 

                                   0000709097 --(Payment Amount 4)

 

                                   (Pos. 81-90)

 

                                   (Pos. 82-91 for 8-inch diskettes)

 

 

                                   0000044985--(Payment Amount 7)

 

                                   (Pos. 111-120)

 

                                   (Pos. 112-121 for 8-inch diskettes)

 

 

3. Blanks or invalid characters appear in Payment Amount Fields in the "B" Record.

Money amounts must be right-justified and zero (0) filled. Do not use blanks.

4. Incorrect TIN in Payer "A" Record.

The Payer's TIN reported in positions 7-15 (positions 8-16 for 8-inch diskettes) of the "A" Record must be correct in order for IRS/MCC to process the media. The TIN provided in the "A" Record should correspond with the name provided in the first payer name line.

5. Bad Format.

IRS/MCC receives 5 1/4- and 3 1/2-inch diskettes formatted using 8-inch diskette specifications and vice versa. Be sure to use the proper section of this revenue procedure for formatting data.

6. Incorrect tax year in the Payer "A" and Payee "B" records.

The tax year in both the payee and payer record should reflect the year of the information that is being reported. Filers need to check their files to ensure that this information is correct.

7. Form W-2 information submitted on same media as Form 1099 information.

Form W-2 information is submitted to SSA, and not to IRS/MCC. SSA has its own magnetic media reporting program for wage information, and the media containing Forms W-2 is submitted to SSA. Any media received at IRS/MCC that contains Form W-2 information will be returned to the filer. Filers need to contact their local SSA office for information concerning filing Forms W-2 on magnetic media.

8. Excessive withholding credits.

For most information returns, other than Form 1099-R, withholding credits should not exceed 31 percent of the income reported. Validate the total reported in the withholding field against the total income reported.

9. Incorrect format for TINs in the Payee "B" Record.

A check of "B" records should be made to ensure the Taxpayer Identification Numbers (TINs) are formatted correctly. There should be nine numerics, no alphas, hyphens, commas or blanks. Incorrect formatting of TINs may result in a penalty.

IRS/MCC contacts payers who have submitted payee data with missing TINs in an attempt to prevent erroneous notices. Payers who submit data with missing TINs and have taken the required steps to obtain this information, are encouraged to attach a letter of explanation to the required Form 4804. This will prevent unnecessary contact from IRS/MCC.

10. Distribution Codes for Form 1099-R reported incorrectly.

A numeric Distribution Code must always be used in conjunction with Distribution Codes A, B, or C. The numeric code must be reported in position 4, and the A, B, or C must be in position 5. (Positions 5 and 6, respectively, for 8-inch diskettes.)

PART B. MAGNETIC MEDIA SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 1. GENERAL

.01 The specifications contained in this part of the revenue procedure define the required format and contents of the records to be included in the magnetic media file.

.02 A provision is made in the "B" Records for Special Data Entries. These entries are optional. If the field is not utilized, enter blanks to maintain a fixed record length of 420 positions. The field is intended to serve one or both of these purposes:

(a) Contain information required by state or local governments. Filers who wish to use this option for satisfying state or local reporting requirements should contact their state or local department of revenue for filing instructions. (Also refer to Part A, Sec. 17.)

(b) Contain information for the filer's own personal use and used at the discretion of the filer to include information related to each individual return. IRS/MCC will not use the information supplied in this field. The length of this field will vary depending on the type of return.

.03 Filers should be consistent in the use of recording codes and density on files. If a filer's tape cartridge does not meet these specifications, they are encouraged to submit a test prior to submitting the actual file. Contact IRS/MCC for further information.

.04 Use "K" Records only if the payer is an approved Combined Federal/State filer.

SEC. 2. TAPE SPECIFICATIONS

.01 IRS/MCC can process most magnetic tape files if the following specifications are followed:

(a) 9 track EBCDIC (Extended Binary Coded Decimal Interchange Code) with:

(1) Odd Parity.

(2) A density of 1600, or 6250 CPI.

(3) If filers use UNISYS Series 1100, they must submit an interchange tape.

(b) 9 track ASCII (American Standard Coded Information Interchange) with:

(1) Odd Parity.

(2) A density of 1600 or 6250 CPI.

Filers should be consistent in the use of recording codes and density on files.

.02 All compatible tape files must have the following characteristics: Type of tape--1/2-inch (12.7 mm) wide, computer-grade magnetic tape on reels of up to 2,400 feet (731.52 m) within the following specifications:

(a) Tape thickness: 1.0 or 1.5 mils and

(b) Reel diameter: 10 1/2-inch (26.67 cm), 8 1/2-inch (21.59 cm), 7-inch (17.78 cm), or 6-inch.

.03 The tape records defined in this revenue procedure may be blocked subject to the following:

(a) A block must not exceed 25,200 tape positions.

(b) If the use of blocked records would result in a short block, all remaining positions of the block must be filled with 9s; however, the last block of the file may be filled with 9s or truncated. Do not pad a block with blanks.

(c) All records, except the header and trailer labels, may be blocked or unblocked. A record may not contain any control fields or block descriptor fields which describe the length of the block or the logical records within the block. The number of logical records within a block (the blocking factor) must be constant in every block with the exception of the last block which may be shorter (see item b above). The block length must be evenly divisible by 420.

(d) Records may not span blocks.

.04 Labeled or unlabeled tapes may be submitted.

.05 For the purposes of this revenue procedure the following must be used:

Tape Mark:

(a) Used to signify the physical end of the recording on tape.

(b) For even parity, use BCD configuration 001111 (8421).

(c) May follow the header label and precede and/or follow the trailer label.

.06 IRS/MCC can only read one data file on a tape. A data file is a group of records beginning with a tapemark and ending with a trailer label. Any data beyond the trailer label cannot be read by IRS programs.

SEC. 3. TAPE CARTRIDGE SPECIFICATIONS

.01 In most instances, IRS/MCC can process tape cartridges that meet the following specifications:

(a) must be IBM 3480 or 3490 compatible.

(b) must meet American National Standard Institute (ANSI) standards, and have the following characteristics:

(1) Tape cartridges will be 1/2-inch tape contained in plastic cartridges which are approximately 4-inches by 5-inches by 1-inch in dimension.

(2) Magnetic tape will be chromium dioxide particle based 1/2-inch tape.

(3) Cartridges must be 18-track parallel.

(4) Cartridges will contain 37,871 CPI (characters per inch).

(5) Mode will be full function.

(6) The data may be compressed using EDRC (Memorex) or IDRC (IBM) compression.

(7) Either EBCDIC (Extended Binary Coded Decimal Interchange Code) or ASCII (American Standard Coded Information Interchange) may be used.

(8) Tape cartridges created on an IBM AS400 are not compatible with IRS/MCC.

.02 The tape cartridge records defined in this revenue procedure may be blocked subject to the following:

(a) A block must not exceed 25,200 tape positions.

(b) If the use of blocked records would result in a short block, all remaining positions of the block must be filled with 9s; however, the last block of the file may be filled with 9s or truncated. Do not pad a block with blanks.

(c) All records, except the header and trailer labels, may be blocked or unblocked. A record may not contain any control fields or block descriptor fields which describe the length of the block or the logical records within the block. The number of logical records within a block (the blocking factor) must be constant in every block with the exception of the last block which may be shorter (see item b above). The block length must be evenly divisible by 420.

(d) Records may not span blocks.

.03 Tape cartridges may be labeled or unlabeled.

.04 For the purposes of this revenue procedure, the following must be used:

Tape Mark:

(a) Used to signify the physical end of the recording on tape.

(b) For even parity, use BCD configuration 001111 (8421).

(c) May follow the header label and precede and/or follow the trailer label.

SEC. 4. 5 1/4-INCH AND 3 1/2-INCH DISKETTE SPECIFICATIONS

.01 To be compatible, a diskette file must meet the following specifications:

(a) 5 1/4- or 3 1/2-inches in diameter.

(b) Data must be recorded in standard ASCII code. For 5 1/4-inch diskettes, data may be recorded using EBCDIC if the diskette is created on an IBM System 36.

(c) Records must be a fixed length of 420 bytes per record.

(d) Delimiter character commas (,) must not be used.

(e) Positions 419 and 420 of each record have been reserved for use as carriage return/line feed (cr/lf) characters if applicable.

(f) Filename of IRSTAX must be used. Do not enter any other data in this field. If a file will consist of more than one diskette, the filename IRSTAX will contain a three-digit extension. This extension will indicate the sequence of the diskettes within the file. For example, the first diskette will be named IRSTAX.001, the second diskette will be IRSTAX.002, etc.

(g) A diskette file may consist of multiple diskettes as long as the file naming conventions are followed.

(h) Diskettes must meet one of the following specifications:

 Capacity          Tracks         Sides/Density           Sector Size

 

 

 1.44 mb            96tpi             hd                      512

 

 1.44 mb           135tpi             hd                      512

 

 1.2 mb             96tpi             hd                      512

 

 720 kb             48tpi             ds/dd                   512

 

 360 kb             48tpi             ds/dd                   512

 

 320 kb             48tpi             ds/dd                   512

 

 180 kb             48tpi             ss/dd                   512

 

 160 kb             48tpi             ss/dd                   512

 

 

.02 IRS/MCC encourages filers to use blank or currently formatted diskettes when preparing files. If extraneous data follows the end of file "F" record, the file must be returned for replacement.

.03 IRS/MCC prefers that 5 1/4- and 3 1/2-inch diskettes be created using MS/DOS; however, diskettes created using other operating systems may be acceptable. IRS/MCC has equipment that can convert diskettes created under virtually any operating system to the appropriate MS/DOS format. IRS/MCC strongly recommends that filers submit a test file for 5 1/4- and 3 1/2-inch diskettes, especially if their data was not created using MS/DOS.

.04 Filers are encouraged to use high density diskettes. Low density diskettes are acceptable but must be formatted in low density.

SEC. 5. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD--GENERAL FIELD DESCRIPTIONS

.01 The Payer/Transmitter "A" Record identifies the payer and transmitter of the magnetic media file and provides parameters for the succeeding "B" Records. IRS computer programs rely on the absolute relationship between the parameters and data fields in the "A" Record and the data fields in the "B" Records to which they apply.

.02 The number of "A" Records depends on the number of payers and the different types of returns being reported. The payment amounts for one payer and for one type of return should be consolidated under one "A" Record if submitted on the same file.

.03 Do not submit, separate "A" Records for each payment amount being reported. For example, if a payer was filing Form 1099-DIV to report Amount Codes 1, 2, and 3, all three amount codes should be reported under one "A" Record, not three separate "A" Records. For "B" Records that do not contain payment amounts for all three amount codes, enter zeros for those which have no payment to be reported.

.04 The first record on the file must be an "A" Record. A transmitter may include "B" Records for more than one payer on a tape or diskette; however, each group of "B" Records must be preceded by an "A" Record and followed by an End of Payer "C" Record. A single tape or diskette may contain different types of returns but the types of returns must not be intermingled.

.05 All records must be a fixed length of 420 positions.

.06 An "A" Record may be blocked with "B" Records; however, the initial record on a file must be an "A" Record. IRS/MCC will accept an "A" Record after a "C" Record.

.07 Do not begin any record at the end of a block or diskette and continue the same record into the next block.

.08 All alpha characters entered in the "A" Record must be upper-case.

.09 When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A" Record will reflect the name of the recipient of the interest referred to as the payer in these instructions. The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the interest (borrower/payer of record) and the amount paid.

               RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD

 

 

 Note: For all fields marked required, a filer must provide the

 

 information described under Description and Remarks. For those fields

 

 not marked required, filers must allow for the field but may be

 

 instructed to enter blanks or zeros in the indicated media

 

 position(s) and for the indicated length. All records are now a fixed

 

 length of 420 positions.

 

 

 Field

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Type         1       Required. Enter "A."

 

 

 2-3        Payment Year        2       Required. Enter "93." (Unless

 

                                        reporting prior-year data)

 

 

 4-6        Reel Sequence       3       The reel sequence number

 

            Number                      incremented by 1 for each tape

 

                                        or diskette on the file

 

                                        starting with 001. The filer

 

                                        may enter blanks or zeros in

 

                                        this field. IRS/MCC bypasses

 

                                        this information. Indicate the

 

                                        proper sequence on the

 

                                        external label Form 5064.

 

 

 7-15       Payer's TIN         9       Required. Must be the valid

 

                                        nine-digit number assigned to

 

                                        the payer. Do not enter

 

                                        blanks, hyphens, or alpha

 

                                        characters. All zeros, ones,

 

                                        twos, etc. will have the

 

                                        effect of an incorrect TIN.

 

                                        For foreign corporations that

 

                                        are not required to have a

 

                                        TIN, this field may be blank;

 

                                        however, the Foreign

 

                                        Corporation Indicator,

 

                                        position 49 of the "A" Record,

 

                                        should be set to "1." (See

 

                                        Part A, Sec. 18 for the

 

                                        definition of a foreign

 

                                        corporation.)

 

 

 16-19      Payer Name          4       The Payer Name Control can be

 

            Control                     obtained only from the mail

 

                                        label on the Package 1099 that

 

                                        is mailed to most payers each

 

                                        December. To distinguish

 

                                        between Package 1099 and the

 

                                        Magnetic Media Reporting (MMR)

 

                                        package, the Package 1099

 

                                        contains instructions for

 

                                        paper filing only and the mail

 

                                        label on the package contains

 

                                        a four-(4) character Name

 

                                        Control. The MMR package

 

                                        contains instructions for

 

                                        filing magnetically or

 

                                        electronically and the mail

 

                                        label does not contain a name

 

                                        control. Names of less than

 

                                        four (4) characters should be

 

                                        left-justified, filling the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        If a payer has not received a

 

                                        Package 1099 or does not know

 

                                        their Payer Name Control, this

 

                                        field should be blank filled.

 

 

 20         Last Filing         1       Payers should enter a "1" if

 

            Indicator                   this is the last year they

 

                                        will file; otherwise, enter

 

                                        blank. Payers should use this

 

                                        indicator if, due to

 

                                        a merger, bankruptcy, etc.,

 

                                        they will not be filing

 

                                        information returns under this

 

                                        payer name and TIN in the

 

                                        future (either magnetically,

 

                                        electronically or on paper).

 

 

 21         Combined            1       Required for the Combined

 

            Federal/                    Federal/State filing program.

 

            State Filer                 Filer Enter "1" if

 

                                        participating in the Combined

 

                                        Federal/State Filing Program;

 

                                        otherwise, enter blank. Refer

 

                                        to Part A, Sec. 17, for

 

                                        further information. Forms

 

                                        1098, 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-S,

 

                                        and W-2G cannot be filed under

 

                                        this program.

 

 

 22         Type of Return      1       Required. Enter the

 

                                        appropriate code from the

 

                                        table below:

 

 

                                        Type of Return            Code

 

 

                                        1098                         3

 

                                        1099-A                       4

 

                                        1099-B                       B

 

                                        1099-DIV                     1

 

                                        1099-G                       F

 

                                        1099-INT                     6

 

                                        1099-MISC                    A

 

                                        1099-OID                     D

 

                                        1099-PATR                    7

 

                                        1099-R                       9

 

                                        1099-S                       S

 

                                        5498                         L

 

                                        W-2G                         W

 

 

 23-31      Amount Codes        9       Required. Enter the

 

            (See Note)                  appropriate amount code for

 

                                        the type of return being

 

                                        reported. Generally, for

 

                                        each amount code entered in

 

                                        this field, a corresponding

 

                                        payment amount should appear

 

                                        in the Payee "B" Record. In

 

                                        most cases, the box numbers on

 

                                        paper information returns

 

                                        correspond with the amount

 

                                        codes used to file

 

                                        magnetically/electronically.

 

                                        However, if discrepancies

 

                                        occur, this revenue procedure

 

                                        governs.

 

 

            Example: If position 22 of the Payer/Transmitter "A"

 

            Record is "7" (for 1099-PATR) and positions 23-31 are

 

            "247bbbbbb" (b = blanks), this indicates the payer may be

 

            reporting three Payment Amounts in all of the following

 

            "B" Records.

 

 

            The first Payment Amount field in the "B" Record will be

 

            all "0" (zeros);

 

            the second will represent Nonpatronage Distributions;

 

            the third will be all "0" (zeros);

 

            the fourth will represent Federal Income Tax Withheld;

 

            the fifth and sixth will be all "0" (zeros);

 

            the seventh will represent Energy Investment Credit; and

 

            the eighth and ninth will be all "0" (zeros).

 

 

            Enter the Amount Codes in Ascending Sequence (i.e.,

 

            247bbbbbb, b = blanks), left-justify, filling unused

 

            positions with blanks. For any further clarification of

 

            the Amount Indicator codes, contact IRS/MCC.

 

 

 Note: A Type of Return and an Amount Code must be present in every

 

 Payer "A" Record even if no money amounts are being reported. For a

 

 detailed explanation of the information to be reported in each Amount

 

 Code, refer to the 1993 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and

 

 W-2G."

 

 

 Amounts Codes Form 1098--              For Reporting Mortgage

 

 Mortgage Interest Statement            Interest Received from

 

                                        Payers/Borrowers (Payer of

 

                                        Record) on Form 1098:

 

 

                                        Amount

 

                                        Code          Amount Type

 

 

                                        1        Mortgage interest

 

                                                 received from

 

                                                 payers/borrowers

 

 

                                        2        Points paid directly

 

                                                 by payers/borrowers

 

                                                 on purchase of

 

                                                 principal residence

 

 

                                        3        Refund of overpaid

 

                                                 interest

 

 

 Amount Codes Form                      For Reporting the Acquisition

 

 1099-A--Acquisition or                 or Abandonment of Secured

 

 Abandonment of Secured                 Property on Form 1099-A:

 

 Property

 

                                        Amount

 

                                        Code          Amount Type

 

 

                                        2        Balance of principal

 

                                                 outstanding

 

 

                                        3        Gross foreclosure

 

                                                 proceeds

 

 

                                        4        Appraisal value

 

 

 Amount Codes Form                      For Reporting Payments on

 

 1099-B--Proceeds From Broker           Form 1099-B:

 

 and Barter Exchange

 

 Transactions

 

                                        Amount

 

                                        Code          Amount Type

 

 

                                        2        Stocks, bonds, etc.

 

                                                 (For Forward

 

                                                 Contracts see Note.)

 

 

                                        3        Bartering. Do not

 

                                                 report negative

 

                                                 amounts.

 

 

                                        4        Federal income tax

 

                                                 withheld (Backup

 

                                                 withholding). Do not

 

                                                 report negative

 

                                                 amounts.

 

 

                                        6        Profit or loss

 

                                                 realized in 1993.

 

 

                                        7        Unrealized profit or

 

                                                 loss on open

 

                                                 contracts--12/31/92.

 

 

                                        8        Unrealized profit or

 

                                                 loss on open

 

                                                 contracts--12/31/93

 

 

                                        9        Aggregate profit or

 

                                                 loss.

 

 

 Note: The Payment Amount field associated with Amount Code 2 may be

 

 used to represent a loss when the reporting is for Forward Contracts.

 

 Refer to "B" Record--General Field Descriptions, Payment Amount

 

 Fields, for instructions on reporting negative amounts.

 

 

 Amount Codes Form                      For Reporting Payments on

 

 1099-DIV--Dividends and                Form 1099-DIV:

 

 Distributions

 

                                        Amount

 

                                        Code          Amount Type

 

 

                                        1        Gross dividends and

 

                                                 other distributions

 

                                                 on stock (see Note)

 

 

                                        2        Ordinary dividends

 

                                                 (see Note)

 

 

                                        3        Capital gain

 

                                                 distributions

 

                                                 (see Note)

 

 

                                        4        Nontaxable

 

                                                 distributions

 

                                                 (if determinable)

 

                                                 (see Note)

 

 

                                        5        Investment expenses

 

                                                 (see Note)

 

 

                                        6        Federal income tax

 

                                                 withheld

 

                                                 (Backup withholding)

 

 

                                        7        Foreign tax paid

 

 

                                        8        Cash liquidation

 

                                                 distributions

 

 

                                        9        Noncash liquidation

 

                                                 distributions (show

 

                                                 fair market value)

 

 

 Note: Amount Code 1 must be present (unless the payer is using Amount

 

 Codes 8 and 9 only) and must equal the sum of amounts reported for

 

 Amount Codes 2, 3, 4 and 5. If an amount is present for Amount Code

 

 1, there must be an amount present for Amount Codes 2-5 as

 

 applicable.

 

 

 Amount Codes Form                      For Reporting Payments on

 

 1099-G--Certain Government             Form 1099-G:

 

 Payments

 

                                        Amount

 

                                        Code          Amount Type

 

 

                                        1        Unemployment

 

                                                 compensation

 

 

                                        2        State or local income

 

                                                 tax refunds, credits,

 

                                                 or offsets

 

 

                                        4        Federal income tax

 

                                                 withheld

 

                                                 (Backup withholding)

 

 

                                        5        Discharge of

 

                                                 indebtedness

 

 

                                        6        Taxable grants

 

 

                                        7        Agriculture payments

 

 

 Amount Codes Form                      For Reporting Payments on

 

 1099-INT--Interest Income              Form 1099-INT:

 

 

                                        Amount

 

                                        Code          Amount Type

 

 

                                        1        Interest income not

 

                                                 included in Amount

 

                                                 Code 3

 

 

                                        2        Early withdrawal

 

                                                 penalty

 

 

                                        3        Interest on U.S.

 

                                                 Savings Bonds and

 

                                                 Treasury obligations

 

 

                                        4        Federal income tax

 

                                                 withheld

 

                                                 (Backup withholding)

 

 

                                        5        Foreign tax paid

 

 

 Amount Codes Form                      For Reporting Payments on

 

 1099-MISC--Miscellaneous               Form 1099-MISC:

 

 Income

 

                                        Amount

 

                                        Code          Amount Type

 

 

                                        1        Rents (see Note 1)

 

 

                                        2        Royalties

 

                                                 (see Note 2)

 

 

                                        3        Prizes, awards, etc.

 

 

                                        4        Federal income tax

 

                                                 withheld

 

                                                 (Backup withholding)

 

 

                                        5        Fishing boat proceeds

 

 

                                        6        Medical and health

 

                                                 care payments

 

 

                                        7        Nonemployee

 

                                                 compensation or Crop

 

                                                 Insurance Proceeds

 

                                                 (see Note 3)

 

 

                                        8        Substitute payments

 

                                                 in lieu of dividends

 

                                                 or interest

 

 

                                        9        Excess Golden

 

                                                 Parachute Payments

 

 

 Note 1: If reporting the Direct Sales indicator only, use Type of

 

 Return A (MISC) in pos. 22, and Amount Code 1 in pos. 23 of the Payer

 

 "A" record. All Payment Amount Fields in the Payee "B" record will

 

 contain zeros.

 

 

 Note 2: Do not report timber royalties under a "pay-as-cut" contract;

 

 these should be reported on Form 1099-S.

 

 

 Note 3: Amount code "7" is normally used to report nonemployee

 

 compensation. However, Amount code "7" may also be used to report

 

 Crop Insurance Proceeds. See positions 4-5 of the "B" Record for

 

 instructions. If Nonemployee Compensation and Crop Insurance Proceeds

 

 are being paid to the same payee, a separate "B" Record for each

 

 transaction is required.

 

 

 Amount Codes Form                      For Reporting Payments on

 

 1099-OID--Original Issue               Form 1099-OID:

 

 Discount

 

                                        Amount

 

                                        Code          Amount Type

 

 

                                        1        Original issue

 

                                                 discount for 1993

 

 

                                        2        Other periodic

 

                                                 interest

 

 

                                        3        Early withdrawal

 

                                                 penalty

 

 

                                        4        Federal income tax

 

                                                 withheld

 

                                                 (Backup withholding)

 

 

 Amount Codes Form                      For Reporting Payments on

 

 1099-PATR--Taxable                     Form 1099-PATR:

 

 Distributions Received From

 

 Cooperatives

 

                                        Amount

 

                                        Code          Amount Type

 

 

                                        1        Patronage dividends

 

 

                                        2        Nonpatronage

 

                                                 distributions

 

 

                                        3        Per-unit retain

 

                                                 allocations

 

 

                                        4        Federal income tax

 

                                                 withheld

 

                                                 (Backup withholding)

 

 

                                        5        Redemption of

 

                                                 nonqualified notices

 

                                                 and retain

 

                                                 allocations

 

 

                                        6        Investment credit

 

                                                 (see Note)

 

 

                                        7        Energy Investment

 

                                                 Credit (see Note)

 

 

                                        8        Jobs credit

 

                                                 (see Note)

 

 

 Note: The amounts shown for Amount Codes 6, 7, and 8 must be reported

 

 to the payee; they need not be reported to IRS/MCC.

 

 

 Amount Codes Form                      For Reporting Payments on

 

 1099-R--Distributions From             Form 1099-R:

 

 Pensions, Annuities,

 

 Retirement or Profit-Sharing

 

 Plans, IRAs, Insurance                 Amount

 

 Contracts, etc. (See Note 1)           Code          Amount Type

 

 

                                        1        Gross distribution

 

                                                 (see Note 2)

 

 

                                        2        Taxable amount

 

                                                 (see Note 3)

 

 

                                        3        Amount in Amount

 

                                                 Code 2 eligible for

 

                                                 capital gain election

 

 

                                        4        Federal income tax

 

                                                 withheld (see Note 4)

 

 

                                        5        Employee

 

                                                 contributions or

 

                                                 insurance premiums

 

 

                                        6        Net unrealized

 

                                                 appreciation in

 

                                                 employer's securities

 

 

                                        8        Other

 

 

                                        9        State or local income

 

                                                 tax withheld

 

                                                 (see Note 5)

 

 

 Note 1: Additional information may be required in the "B" Record.

 

 Refer to positions 44 thru 48 of the "B" Record.

 

 

 Note 2: If the payment shown for Amount Code 1 is a total

 

 distribution, enter a "1" in position 47 of the "B" Record.

 

 

 Note 3: If a distribution is a loss, do not enter a negative amount.

 

 For example, if stock is distributed but the value is less than the

 

 employee's after-tax contributions, enter the value of the stock in

 

 Amount Code 1, enter zero (0) in Amount Code 2, and enter the

 

 employee's contribution in Amount Code 5.

 

 

      If taxable amount cannot be determined, enter a "1" in position

 

 48 of the "B" Record. If reporting an IRA/SEP distribution, generally

 

 include the amount of the distribution in the Taxable Amount (Payment

 

 Amount field 2, positions 61-70) and enter a "1" in the IRA/SEP

 

 Indicator field (position 44). A "1" may be entered in the Taxable

 

 Amount Not Determined field (position 48) of the Payee "B" Record but

 

 the amount of the distribution must still be reported in Payment

 

 Amount Field 2. See the explanation for Box 2a of Form 1099-R in the

 

 1993 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" for

 

 exceptions to reporting the taxable amount.

 

 

 Note 4: See the 1993 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and

 

 W-2G" for further information concerning the Federal income tax

 

 withheld for Form 1099-R.

 

 

 Note 5: State or local income tax withheld was added for the

 

 convenience of the payer but need not be reported to IRS.

 

 

 Amount Codes Form                      For Reporting Payments on

 

 1099-S--Proceeds From Real             Form 1099-S:

 

 Estate Transactions

 

                                        Amount

 

                                        Code          Amount Type

 

 

                                        2        Gross proceeds

 

                                                 (see Note)

 

 

                                        5        Buyer's part of

 

                                                 real estate tax

 

 

 Note: Include payments of TIMBER royalties made under a "pay-as-cut"

 

 contract, reportable under section 6050N. For more information, see

 

 Ann. 90-129, 1990-48 I.R.B. 10. If timber royalties are being

 

 reported, enter "TIMBER" in the description field of the "B" record.

 

 

 Amount Codes Form                      For Reporting Payments on

 

 5498--Individual Retirement            Form 5498:

 

 Arrangement Information

 

 (See Note)                             Amount

 

                                        Code          Amount Type

 

 

                                        1        Regular IRA

 

                                                 contributions made in

 

                                                 1993 and 1994

 

                                                 for 1993

 

 

                                        2        Rollover IRA

 

                                                 contributions

 

 

                                        3        Life insurance cost

 

                                                 included in Amount

 

                                                 Code 1

 

 

                                        4        Fair market value of

 

                                                 the account

 

 

Note: For information regarding Inherited IRAs, refer to Rev. Proc. 89-52, 1989-2 C.B. 632. Beneficiary information must be given in the Payee Name Line of the "B" Record.

If reporting IRA contributions for a Desert Shield/Storm participant for other than 1993, enter "DS," the year for which the contribution was made, and the amount of the contribution in the Special Data Entries field of the "B" Record.

For further information concerning Inherited IRAs or Desert Shield/Storm participant reporting refer to the 1993 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G," and Notice 91-17, 1991-1 C.B. 319.

 Amount Codes Form                      For Reporting Payments on

 

 W-2G--Certain Gambling                 Form W-2G:

 

 Winnings

 

                                        Amount

 

                                        Code          Amount Type

 

 

                                        1        Gross winnings

 

 

                                        2        Federal income tax

 

                                                 withheld

 

 

                                        3        State income tax

 

                                                 withheld (see Note)

 

 

                                        7        Winnings from

 

                                                 identical wagers

 

 

 Note: State income tax withheld was added for the convenience of the

 

 payer but need not be reported to IRS/MCC.

 

 

 32         Test Indicator      1       Required. Enter "T" if this is

 

                                        a test file; otherwise enter a

 

                                        blank.

 

 

 33         Service             1       Filers should enter "1" if

 

            Bureau                      they used a service bureau to

 

            Indicator                   develop and/or transmit their

 

                                        files; otherwise enter blank.

 

                                        See Part A, Sec. 18 for the

 

                                        definition of Service Bureau.

 

 

 34-41      Blank               8       Enter blanks.

 

 

 42-43      Magnetic Tape       2       Required for magnetic

 

            Filer                       tape/tape cartridge filers

 

            Indicator                   only. Enter the letters "LS"

 

                                        (in Uppercase only). Use of

 

                                        this field by filers using

 

                                        other types of media will be

 

                                        acceptable but is not

 

                                        required.

 

 

 44-48      Transmitter         5       Required. Enter the five

 

            Control Code                character alpha/numeric

 

            (TCC)                       Transmitter Control Code

 

                                        assigned by IRS/MCC. A TCC

 

                                        must be obtained to file data

 

                                        on this program. Do not enter

 

                                        more than one TCC per file.

 

 

 49         Foreign             1       Enter a "1" if the payer is a

 

            Corporation                 Foreign Corporation and income

 

            Indicator                   is paid by the corporation to

 

                                        a U.S. resident (see Part A,

 

                                        Sec. 18 for the definition of

 

                                        a Foreign Corporation). If the

 

                                        payer is not a Foreign

 

                                        Corporation, enter a blank.

 

                                        See Note.

 

 

 Note: If payers erroneously report entities as foreign, they may be

 

 subject to a penalty for providing incorrect information to IRS.

 

 Therefore, payers must be sure to code only those records as foreign

 

 corporations that should be coded.

 

 

 50-89      First Payer        40       Required. Enter the name of

 

            Name Line                   the payer whose TIN appears in

 

                                        positions 7-15 of the "A"

 

                                        Record. Any extraneous

 

                                        information must be deleted.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill with

 

                                        blanks. (Filers should not

 

                                        enter a Transfer Agent's name

 

                                        in this field. Any Transfer

 

                                        Agent's name should appear in

 

                                        the Second Payer Name field).

 

 

 Note: When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A"

 

 Record will reflect the name and TIN of the recipient of the interest

 

 (the payer). The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the

 

 interest (the payer of record) and the amount paid. For Form 1099-S,

 

 the "A" Record will reflect the person responsible for reporting the

 

 transaction and the "B" Record will reflect the seller/transferor.

 

 

 90-129     Second Payer       40       If the Transfer Agent

 

            Name Line                   Indicator (pos. 130) contains

 

                                        a "1," this field must contain

 

                                        the name of the Transfer

 

                                        Agent. If the indicator

 

                                        contains a "0" (zero), this

 

                                        field may contain either a

 

                                        continuation of the First

 

                                        Payer Name Line or blanks.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks.

 

 

 130        Transfer            1       Required. Identifies the

 

            Agent                       entity in the Second Payer

 

            Indicator                   Name field. (See Part A,

 

                                        Sec. 18 for a definition of

 

                                        Transfer Agent.)

 

 

                                        Code          Meaning

 

 

                                        1         The entity in the

 

                                                  Second Payer Name

 

                                                  field is the

 

                                                  Transfer Agent.

 

 

                                        0 (zero)  The entity shown is

 

                                                  not the Transfer

 

                                                  Agent (i.e., the

 

                                                  Second Payer Name

 

                                                  field contains

 

                                                  either a

 

                                                  continuation of the

 

                                                  First Payer Name

 

                                                  field or blanks).

 

 

 131-170    Payer              40       Required. If the transfer

 

            Shipping                    agent indicator in position

 

            Address                     130 is a "1," enter the

 

                                        shipping address of the

 

                                        Transfer Agent. Otherwise,

 

                                        enter the actual shipping

 

                                        address of the payer. The

 

                                        street address should include

 

                                        number, street, apartment or

 

                                        suite number (or P. O. Box if

 

                                        mail is not delivered to

 

                                        street address). Left-justify

 

                                        and fill with blanks.

 

 

 171-210    Payer City,        40       Required. If the Transfer

 

            State, and                  Agent Indicator in position

 

            ZIP Code                    130 is a "1," enter the City,

 

                                        Town, or Post Office, State

 

                                        and ZIP Code of the Transfer

 

                                        Agent. Otherwise, enter the

 

                                        City, Town, or Post Office,

 

                                        State and ZIP Code of the

 

                                        payer. Left-justify and fill

 

                                        with blanks.

 

 

 211-290    Transmitter Name   80       Required if the payer and

 

                                        transmitter are not the same.

 

                                        Enter the name of the

 

                                        transmitter in the manner in

 

                                        which it is used in normal

 

                                        business. The name of the

 

                                        transmitter must be reported

 

                                        in the same manner throughout

 

                                        the entire file. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill with blanks. If the

 

                                        payer and transmitter are the

 

                                        same, this field may be blank.

 

 

 291-330    Transmitter        40       Required if the payer and

 

            Mailing                     transmitter are not the same.

 

            Address                     Enter the mailing address of

 

                                        the transmitter. Street

 

                                        address should include number,

 

                                        street, apartment or suite

 

                                        number (or P. O. Box if mail

 

                                        is not delivered to street

 

                                        address). Left-justify and

 

                                        fill with blanks. If the payer

 

                                        and transmitter are the same,

 

                                        this field may be blank.

 

 

 331-370    Transmitter City,  40       Required if the payer and

 

            State and                   transmitter are not the same.

 

            ZIP Code                    Enter the City, Town, or Post

 

                                        Office, State and ZIP Code of

 

                                        the transmitter. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill with blanks. If the

 

                                        payer and transmitter are the

 

                                        same, this field may be blank.

 

 

 371-418    Blank              48       Enter blanks.

 

 

 419-420    Blank               2       Enter blanks or Carriage

 

                                        Return/Line Feed (CR/LF).

 

 

SEC. 6. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT

[Editor's note: These record layouts are graphic representations of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted because they provide no additional information and are not suitable for clear on-screen presentation.]

SEC. 7. PAYEE "B" RECORD ("B" Record) GENERAL FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUTS

.01 The "B" Record contains the payment information from the individual returns. When filing information returns, the format for the "B" Records will remain constant and is a fixed length of 420 positions. The record layout for positions 1 through 321 is the same for all "B" Records. Positions 322 through 420 vary for Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G to accommodate variations within these forms.

In the "A" Record, the Amount Codes that appear in tape or diskette positions 23 through 31 will be left-justified and filled with blanks. In the "B" Record, the filer will allow for all nine payment amount fields. For those fields not used, enter zeros (0). For example, if a payer is reporting on Form 1099-PATR, they will enter a "7" in tape position 22 of the "A" Record, Type of Return. If they are reporting payments for Amount Codes 2, 4, and 7, then media positions 23 through 31 of the "A" Record will be "247bbbbbb" (b = blanks). In the "B" Record:

Positions 51 through 60 for Payment Amount 1 will be zeros.

Positions 61-70 will reflect the actual payment amount to be reported for "Nonpatronage distributions."

Positions 71-80 for Payment Amount 3 will be zeros.

Positions 81-90 will reflect the actual payment amount to be reported for "Federal income tax withheld."

Positions 91-110 for Payment Amounts 5 and 6 will be zeros.

Positions 111-120 will reflect the actual payment amount to be reported for "Energy Investment Credit."

Positions 121-140 for Payment Amounts 8 and 9 will be zeros.

.02 The following specifications include a field in the payee records called "Name Control" in which the first four characters of the payee's surname are to be entered by the filer.

.03 If filers are unable to determine the first four characters of the surname, the Name Control Field may be left blank; however, compliance with the following will facilitate IRS computer programs in generating the Name Control.

(a) The surname of the payee whose SSN is shown in the "B" Record should always appear first. If, however, the records have been developed using the first name first, the filer must leave a blank space between the first and last names.

(b) In the case of multiple payees, only the surname of the payee whose TIN (SSN or EIN) is shown in the "B" Record must be present in the First Payee Name Line. Surnames of any other payees may be entered in the Second Payee Name Line.

.04 See Part A, Sec. 15 for further information concerning Taxpayer Identification Numbers (TINs).

.05 A field is also provided in these specifications for Special Data Entries. This field may be used to record information required by state or local governments, or for the filer's own personal use. IRS does not use the data provided in the Special Data Entries field; therefore, the IRS program does not check the content or format of the data entered in this field. It is the filer's choice whether or not this field is used. If this field is coded, it will not affect the processing of the "B" Records.

.06 Those payers participating in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program must adhere to all of the specifications in Part A, Sec. 17 in order to participate in this program. Forms 1098, 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-S, and W-2G cannot be filed under the Combined Federal/State Filing Program.

.07 All alpha characters entered in the "B" Record should be upper-case.

.08 Do not use decimal points (.) to indicate dollars and cents. Ten dollars must appear as 0000001000 in the payment amount field.

.09 IRS strongly encourages filers to review their data for accuracy before submission to prevent issuance of erroneous notices. Filers should be especially careful that the names, TINs, account numbers, types of income, and income amounts are correct.

                     RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

 

 Note: For all fields marked required, the filer must provide the

 

 information described under Description and Remarks. For those fields

 

 not marked required, the filer must allow for the field but may be

 

 instructed to enter blanks or zeros in the indicated position(s) and

 

 for the indicated length. All records are a fixed length of 420

 

 positions.

 

 

 Field

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Type         1       Required. Enter "B."

 

 

 2-3        Payment Year        2       Required. Enter "93." (unless

 

                                        reporting prior-year data)

 

 

 4-5        Document            2       Required for Forms 1099-G,

 

            Specific/                   1099-MISC, 1099-R and W-2G.

 

            Distribution Code           For all other forms, or if not

 

                                        used, enter blanks.

 

 

            Tax Year of Refund          For Form 1099-G, use only for

 

            (Form 1099-G only)          reporting the tax year for

 

                                        which the refund, credit or

 

                                        offset (Amount Code 2) was

 

                                        issued. Enter in position 4;

 

                                        position 5 must be blank.

 

 

                                        If the refund, credit, or

 

                                        offset is not attributable to

 

                                        income tax from a trade or

 

                                        business, enter the numeric

 

                                        year from the table below for

 

                                        which the refund, credit or

 

                                        offset was issued (e.g., for

 

                                        1993, enter 3).

 

 

                                        If the refund, credit or

 

                                        offset is exclusively

 

                                        attributable to income from a

 

                                        trade or business, and is not

 

                                        of general application, enter

 

                                        the alpha equivalent of the

 

                                        year from the table below

 

                                        (e.g., for 1993, enter C).

 

 

                                           Year

 

                                         for Which    Year for Which

 

                                          General     Trade/Business

 

                                          Refund     Refund Was Issued

 

                                        was Issued  (Alpha Equivalent)

 

 

                                             1               A

 

                                             2               B

 

                                             3               C

 

                                             4               D

 

                                             5               E

 

                                             6               F

 

                                             7               G

 

                                             8               H

 

                                             9               I

 

                                             0               J

 

 

            Crop Insurance              For Form 1099-MISC, Enter "1"

 

            Proceeds                    Proceeds in position 4 if the

 

            (Form 1095-MISC             payment reported for Amount

 

            only)                       Code 7 is Crop Insurance

 

                                        Proceeds. Position 5 will be

 

                                        blank.

 

 

            Distribution Code           For Form 1099-R, enter the

 

            (Form 1099-R only)          appropriate Distribution

 

                                        Code(s). More than one code

 

                                        may apply for Form 1099-R;

 

                                        however, if only one code is

 

                                        required, it must be entered

 

                                        in position 4 and position 5

 

                                        must be blank. Enter at least

 

                                        one (1) Distribution Code. A

 

                                        blank in position 4 is not

 

                                        acceptable. (For detailed

 

                                        explanations of distribution

 

                                        codes, see the 1993

 

                                        "Instructions for Forms 1099,

 

                                        1098, 5498, and W-2G.")

 

 

                                        Enter the applicable code from

 

                                        the table that follows.

 

                                        Position 4 must contain a

 

                                        numeric code in all cases

 

                                        except when using P, D, E, F,

 

                                        G, or H. Distribution Code A,

 

                                        B, or C, when applicable, must

 

                                        be entered in position 5 with

 

                                        the applicable numeric code in

 

                                        position 4.

 

 

                                        When using Code P for an IRA

 

                                        distribution under section

 

                                        408(d)(4) of the Internal

 

                                        Revenue Code, the filer may

 

                                        also enter Code 1, if it

 

                                        applies.

 

 

                                        Only two numeric combinations

 

                                        are acceptable, codes 8 and 1,

 

                                        and codes 8 and 2, on one

 

                                        return. These two combinations

 

                                        can be used only if both codes

 

                                        apply to the distribution

 

                                        being reported. If more than

 

                                        one numeric code is applicable

 

                                        to different parts of a

 

                                        distribution, report two

 

                                        separate "B" Records.

 

 

                                        Four distribution codes E, F,

 

                                        G, and H have been added.

 

                                        Distribution codes E and F

 

                                        cannot be used in conjunction

 

                                        with other codes. Distribution

 

                                        code G may be used in

 

                                        conjunction with distribution

 

                                        code 4, if applicable. Refer

 

                                        to Announcement 93-20, 1993-6

 

                                        I.R.B. 65.

 

 

                                        Category                  Code

 

 

                                        Early (premature)        1 /*/

 

                                         distribution, no known

 

                                         exception

 

 

                                        Early (premature)        2 /*/

 

                                         distribution, exception

 

                                         applies (as defined in

 

                                         section 72(q), (t), or

 

                                         (v) of the Internal

 

                                         Revenue Code) other

 

                                         than disability or

 

                                         death

 

 

                                        Disability               3 /*/

 

 

                                        Death (includes          4 /*/

 

                                         payments to a

 

                                         beneficiary)

 

 

                                        Prohibited transaction   5 /*/

 

 

                                        Section 1035 exchange    6

 

 

                                        Normal distribution      7 /*/

 

 

                                        Excess contributions     8 /*/

 

                                         plus earnings/excess

 

                                         deferrals (and/or

 

                                         earnings) taxable in

 

                                         1993

 

 

                                        PS 58 costs              9

 

 

                                        Excess contributions     P /*/

 

                                         plus earnings/excess

 

                                         deferrals taxable in

 

                                         1992

 

 

                                        Qualifies for 5- or      A

 

                                         10-year averaging

 

 

                                        Qualifies for death      B

 

                                         benefit exclusion

 

 

                                        Qualifies for both A     C

 

                                         and B

 

 

                                        Excess contributions     D /*/

 

                                         plus earnings/excess

 

                                         deferrals taxable in

 

                                         1991

 

 

                                        Excess annual additions  E

 

                                         under section 415

 

 

                                        Charitable gift annuity  F

 

 

                                        Direct rollover to IRA   G

 

 

                                        Direct rollover to       H

 

                                         qualified plan or

 

                                         tax-sheltered annuity

 

 

 /*/ If reporting an IRA or SEP distribution for Code 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,

 

 7, 8, P, or D, code a "1" in Position 44 of the "B" Record.

 

 

            Type of Wager               For Form W-2G, enter the

 

            (Form W-2G only)            applicable code in position

 

                                        4. Position 5 will be blank.

 

 

                                        Category                  Code

 

 

                                        Horse Race Track             1

 

                                         (or Off-Track

 

                                         Betting of a Horse

 

                                         Track nature)

 

 

                                        Dog Race Track (or           2

 

                                         Off-Track Betting of

 

                                         a Dog Track nature)

 

 

                                        Jai-alai                     3

 

 

                                        State Conducted Lottery      4

 

 

                                        Keno                         5

 

 

                                        Casino-type Bingo. Do        6

 

                                         not use this code for

 

                                         any other type of

 

                                         Bingo winnings (e.g.,

 

                                         Church or Fire Dept.)

 

 

                                        Slot Machines                7

 

 

                                        Any other type of            8

 

                                         gambling winnings.

 

                                         (This includes Church

 

                                         Bingo, Fire Dept. Bingo,

 

                                         or unlabeled winnings.)

 

 

 6          2nd TIN Notice      1       For Forms 1099-B, 1099-DIV,

 

                                        1099-INT, 1099-MISC,

 

                                        1099-OID, 1099-PATR only.

 

 

                                        Payers should enter "2" to

 

                                        indicate they were notified

 

                                        by IRS/MCC twice within three

 

                                        calendar years that the payee

 

                                        provided an incorrect name

 

                                        and/or TIN combination;

 

                                        otherwise, enter a blank.

 

 

 7          Corrected           1       Indicate a corrected return.

 

            Return

 

            Indicator                   Code          Definition

 

 

                                        G       If this is a one

 

                                                transaction

 

                                                correction or the

 

                                                first of a

 

                                                two transaction

 

                                                correction.

 

 

                                        C       If this is the second

 

                                                transaction of a

 

                                                two transaction

 

                                                correction.

 

 

                                        Blank   If this is not a

 

                                                return being submitted

 

                                                to correct information

 

                                                already processed

 

                                                by IRS.

 

 

 Note: C, G, and Non-coded records must be reported using separate

 

 Payer "A" Records. Refer to Part A, Sec 14 for specific instructions

 

 on how to file corrected returns.

 

 

 8-11       Name Control        4       If determinable, enter the

 

                                        first four (4) characters

 

                                        of the surname of the person

 

                                        whose TIN is being reported in

 

                                        positions 15-23 of the "B"

 

                                        Record; otherwise enter

 

                                        blanks. This is usually the

 

                                        payee. If the name that

 

                                        corresponds to the TIN

 

                                        is not included in the first

 

                                        or second payee name line and

 

                                        the correct name control is

 

                                        not provided, a backup

 

                                        withholding notice may be

 

                                        generated for the record.

 

                                        Surnames of less than four (4)

 

                                        characters should be

 

                                        left-justified, filling

 

                                        the unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. Special characters and

 

                                        imbedded blanks should be

 

                                        removed. In the case of a

 

                                        business, other than sole

 

                                        proprietorship, use the first

 

                                        four significant characters of

 

                                        the business name. Disregard

 

                                        the  word "the" when it is the

 

                                        first word of the name, unless

 

                                        there are only two words in

 

                                        the name. A dash (-) and an

 

                                        ampersand (&) are the only

 

                                        acceptable special characters.

 

                                        Surname prefixes are

 

                                        considered part of the

 

                                        surname, e.g., for Van Elm,

 

                                        the name control would be

 

                                        VANE.

 

 

 Note: Although extraneous words, titles, and special characters are

 

 allowed (i.e., Mr., Mrs., Dr., apostrophe, dash, etc.), this

 

 information may be dropped during subsequent IRS/MCC processing.

 

 

 The following examples may be helpful to filers in developing the

 

 Name Control:

 

 

                                        NAME              NAME CONTROL

 

 

 Individuals:                           Jane Brown           BROW

 

                                        John A. Lee          LEE /*/

 

                                        James P. En, Sr.     EN /*/

 

                                        John O'Neill         ONEI

 

                                        Mary Van Buren       VANB

 

                                        Juan De Jesus        DEJE

 

                                        Gloria A. El-Roy     EL-R

 

                                        Mr. John Smith       SMIT

 

                                        Joe McCarthy         MCCA

 

                                        Pedro Torres-Lopes   TORR

 

                                        Maria Lopez

 

                                         Moreno /**/         LOPE

 

                                        Binh To La           LA /*/

 

                                        Nhat Thi Pham        PHAM

 

                                        Mark D'Allesandro    DALL

 

 

 Corporations:                          The First National

 

                                         Bank                FIRS

 

                                        The Hideaway         THEH

 

                                        A & B Cafe           A&BC

 

                                        11TH Street Inc.     11TH

 

 

 Sole Proprietor:                       Mark Hemlock DBA

 

                                         The Sunshine Club   HEML

 

 

 Partnership:                           Robert Aspen

 

                                         and Bess Willow     ASPE

 

                                        Harold Fir,

 

                                         Bruce Elm, and

 

                                        Joyce Spruce et

 

                                         al Ptr              FIR /*/

 

 

 Estate:                                Frank White Estate   WHIT

 

                                        Sheila Blue Estate   BLUE

 

 

                                        Daisy Corporation

 

                                         Employee

 

 Trusts and Fiduciaries:                Benefit Trust        DAIS

 

                                        Trust FBO The

 

                                         Cherryblossom

 

                                         Society             CHER

 

 

 Exempt Organization:                   Laborer's Union,

 

                                         AFL-CIO             LABO

 

                                        St. Bernard's

 

                                         Methodist Church

 

                                         Bldg. Fund          STBE

 

 

 /*/ Name Controls of less than four (4) significant characters must

 

 be left-justified and blank-filled.

 

 

 /**/ For Hispanic names, when two last names are shown for an

 

 individual, derive the name control from the first last name.

 

 

 12         Direct Sales        1       1099 MISC only. Enter a "1" to

 

            Indicator                   indicate sales of $5,000 or

 

                                        more of consumer products to a

 

                                        person on a buy-sell,

 

                                        deposit-commission, or any

 

                                        other commission basis for

 

                                        resale anywhere other than in

 

                                        a permanent retail

 

                                        establishment. Otherwise,

 

                                        enter a blank.

 

 

 Note: If reporting Direct Sales only, use Type of Return A in pos.

 

 22, and Amount Code 1 in pos. 23 of the Payer "A" record. All Payment

 

 Amount Fields in the Payee "B" record will contain zeros.

 

 

 13         Blank               1       Enter blanks.

 

 

 14         Type of TIN         1       This field is used to identify

 

                                        the Taxpayer Identification

 

                                        Number (TIN) in positions

 

                                        15-23 as either an Employer

 

                                        Identification Number (EIN),

 

                                        or a Social Security Number

 

                                        (SSN). Enter the appropriate

 

                                        code from the following table:

 

 

                                        Type of

 

                                          TIN    TIN   Type of Account

 

 

                                           1     EIN   A business or

 

                                                       other entity

 

 

                                           2     SSN   An individual

 

 

                                         blank   N/A   If

 

                                                       undeterminable,

 

                                                       enter a blank.

 

 

 15-23      Taxpayer            9       Required. Enter the nine digit

 

            Identification              Taxpayer Identification Number

 

            Number                      of the payee (SSN or EIN). If

 

                                        an identification number has

 

                                        been applied for but not

 

                                        received, enter blanks. Do not

 

                                        enter hyphens or alpha

 

                                        characters. All zeros, ones,

 

                                        twos, etc. will have the

 

                                        effect of an incorrect TIN.

 

 

 Note: IRS/MCC contacts payers who have submitted payee data with

 

 missing TINs in an attempt to prevent erroneous notices. Payers who

 

 submit data with missing TINs, and have taken the required steps to

 

 obtain this information, are encouraged to attach a letter of

 

 explanation to the required Form 4804. This will prevent unnecessary

 

 contact from IRS/MCC.

 

 

 24-43      Payer's            20       Enter any number assigned by

 

            Account                     the payer to the payee (e.g.,

 

            Number                      checking or savings account

 

            For                         number). Filers are encouraged

 

            Payee                       to use this field. This number

 

                                        helps to distinguish

 

                                        individual payee records and

 

                                        should be unique for each

 

                                        document. Do not use the

 

                                        payee's TIN since this will

 

                                        not make each record unique.

 

                                        This information is

 

                                        particularly useful when

 

                                        corrections are filed. This

 

                                        number will be provided with

 

                                        the Backup Withholding

 

                                        notification and may be

 

                                        helpful in identifying the

 

                                        branch or subsidiary reporting

 

                                        the transaction. Do not define

 

                                        data in this field in packed

 

                                        decimal format. If fewer than

 

                                        twenty characters are used,

 

                                        filers may either left- or

 

                                        right-justify, filling the

 

                                        remaining positions with

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 44         IRA/SEP             1       Form 1099-R only. Enter "1" if

 

            Indicator                   reporting a distribution from

 

            (See Note)                  an IRA or SEP; otherwise enter

 

                                        a blank.

 

 

 Note: Generally, report the total amount distributed from an IRA or

 

 SEP in payment amount field 2 (Taxable Amount), as well as payment

 

 amount field 1 (Gross Distribution) of the "B" Record. Filers may

 

 indicate the taxable amount was not determined by using the Taxable

 

 Amount Not Determined Indicator (position 48) of the "B" Record;

 

 however, still report the amount distributed in payment amount field

 

 2.

 

 

 45-46      Percentage          2       Form 1099-R only. Use this

 

            of Total                    when reporting a total

 

            Distribution                distribution to more than one

 

                                        person, such as when a

 

                                        participant dies and a payer

 

                                        distributes to two or more

 

                                        beneficiaries. If the

 

                                        percentage is 100, leave this

 

                                        field blank. If the percentage

 

                                        is a fraction, round off to

 

                                        the nearest whole number (for

 

                                        example, 10.4 percent will be

 

                                        10 percent; 10.5 percent or

 

                                        more will be 11 percent).

 

                                        Enter the percentage received

 

                                        by the person whose TIN is

 

                                        included in positions 15-23 of

 

                                        the "B" Record. This field

 

                                        must be right-justified, and

 

                                        unused positions must be

 

                                        zero-filled. If not

 

                                        applicable, enter blanks.

 

                                        Filers need not enter this

 

                                        information for IRA or SEP

 

                                        distributions or for direct

 

                                        rollovers.

 

 

 47         Total               1       Form 1099-R only. Enter a "1"

 

            Distribution                only if the payment shown for

 

            Indicator                   Amount Code 1 is a total

 

            (See Note)                  distribution that closed out

 

                                        the account; otherwise, enter

 

                                        a blank.

 

 

 Note: A total distribution is one or more distributions within one

 

 tax year in which the entire balance of the account is distributed.

 

 Any distribution that does not meet this definition is not a total

 

 distribution.

 

 

 48         Taxable Amount      1       Form 1099-R only. Payers

 

            Not Determined              should enter a "1" only if

 

            Indicator                   they cannot compute the

 

                                        taxable amount of the payment

 

                                        entered for Payment Amount

 

                                        Field 1 (Gross Distribution)

 

                                        of the "B" Record; otherwise

 

                                        enter blank. If this indicator

 

                                        is used, enter 0 (zeros) in

 

                                        Payment Amount Field 2 of the

 

                                        Payee "B" Record. Payers,

 

                                        please make every effort to

 

                                        compute the taxable amount.

 

 

 Note: If reporting an IRA/SEP Distribution for Form 1099-R, this

 

 indicator may be used, but is not required to be. Generally, the

 

 amount of the distribution must be present in Payment Amount Field 2.

 

 Refer to the "1993 Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G"

 

 for exceptions.

 

 

      Filers are instructed to enter numeric information in all

 

 payment fields when filing magnetically or electronically. However,

 

 when reporting information on the statement to recipient, the payer

 

 may be instructed to enter blanks. Follow the guidelines provided in

 

 the paper instructions for the statement to recipient.

 

 

 49-50      Blank               2       Enter blanks.

 

 

            Payment                     Required. Allow for all

 

            Amount Fields               payment amounts. For those not

 

            (Must be numeric)           used enter zeros. For example:

 

                                        If position 22, Type of

 

                                        Return, of the "A" Record is

 

                                        "7" (for 1099-PATR) and

 

                                        positions 23-31, Amount Codes,

 

                                        are "247bbbbbb" (b = blank),

 

                                        this indicates that three

 

                                        actual payment amounts are

 

                                        being reported in the

 

                                        following "B" Records. Payment

 

                                        Amount 1 will be all 0s

 

                                        (zeros), Payment Amount 2 will

 

                                        represent Nonpatronage

 

                                        distributions, Payment Amount

 

                                        3 will be all "0" (zeros),

 

                                        Payment Amount 4 will

 

                                        represent Federal Income Tax

 

                                        Withheld, Payment Amounts 5

 

                                        and 6 will be all 0s (zeros),

 

                                        Payment Amount 7 will

 

                                        represent Energy Investment

 

                                        Credit, and Payment Amounts 8

 

                                        and 9 will be all 0s (zeros).

 

                                        Each payment field must

 

                                        contain 10 numeric characters

 

                                        (see Note). Each payment

 

                                        amount must be entered in U.S.

 

                                        dollars and cents. The

 

                                        right-most two positions

 

                                        represent cents in the Payment

 

                                        Amount Fields. Do not enter

 

                                        dollar signs, commas, decimal

 

                                        points or negative payments,

 

                                        except those items that

 

                                        reflect a loss on Form 1099-B.

 

                                        Positive and negative amounts

 

                                        are indicated by placing a +

 

                                        (plus) or - (minus sign) in

 

                                        the left-most position of the

 

                                        payment amount field. A

 

                                        negative overpunch in the

 

                                        units position may be used,

 

                                        instead of a minus sign, to

 

                                        indicate a negative amount. If

 

                                        a plus sign, minus sign, or

 

                                        negative overpunch is not

 

                                        used, the number is assumed

 

                                        to be positive. Payment

 

                                        amounts must be

 

                                        right-justified and unused

 

                                        positions must be zero-filled.

 

                                        Federal Income Tax withheld

 

                                        cannot be reported as a

 

                                        negative amount on any form.

 

                                        Note: If a payer is reporting

 

                                        a money amount in excess of

 

                                        9999999999 (dollars and

 

                                        cents), it must be reported as

 

                                        follows:

 

 

                                        (1) The first Payee "B" Record

 

                                        MUST contain 9999999999.

 

 

                                        (2) The second Payee "B"

 

                                        Record will contain the

 

                                        remaining money amount. Do not

 

                                        split this figure in half.

 

 

 51-60      Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 1 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 1 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 61-70      Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 2 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 2 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 71-80      Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 3 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 3 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 81-90      Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 4 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 4 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 91-100     Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 5 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 5 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 101-110    Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 6 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 6 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 111-120    Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 7 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 7 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 121-130    Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 8 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 8 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 131-140    Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 9 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 9 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 /*/ If there are discrepancies between the Payment Amount Fields and

 

 the boxes on the paper forms, the instructions in this revenue

 

 procedure govern.

 

 

 141-160    Blank              20       Enter blanks.

 

 

 161        Foreign             1       If the address of the payee is

 

            Country                     in a foreign country, enter a

 

            Indicator                   "1" in this field; otherwise,

 

                                        enter blank. When filers use

 

                                        this indicator, they may use a

 

                                        free format for the payee

 

                                        City, State and ZIP Code.

 

                                        Address information must not

 

                                        appear in the First or Second

 

                                        Payee Name Line.

 

 

 162-201    First Payee        40       Required. Enter the name of

 

            Name Line                   the payee (preferably surname

 

                                        first) whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number (TIN)

 

                                        was provided in positions

 

                                        15-23 of the "B" Record.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. If more

 

                                        space is required for the

 

                                        name, utilize the Second

 

                                        Payee Name Line field. If

 

                                        there are multiple payees,

 

                                        only the name of the payee

 

                                        whose TIN has been provided

 

                                        should be entered in this

 

                                        field. The names of the other

 

                                        payees may be entered in the

 

                                        Second Payee Name Line field.

 

                                        If reporting information for a

 

                                        sole proprietor, the

 

                                        individual's name must always

 

                                        be present, preferably on the

 

                                        first name line. The use of

 

                                        the business name is optional

 

                                        in the Second Payee Name Line.

 

 

 Note: When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A"

 

 Record will reflect the name of the recipient of the interest (the

 

 payer). The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the

 

 interest (the borrower/payer of record) and the amount paid. For

 

 Forms 1099-S, the "B" Record will reflect the seller/transferor

 

 information.

 

 

      For Form 5498 Inherited IRAs, enter the beneficiary's name

 

 followed by the word "beneficiary." For example, "Brian Young as

 

 beneficiary of Joan Smith" or something similar that signifies that

 

 the IRA was once owned by Joan Smith. Filers may abbreviate the word

 

 "beneficiary" as, for example, "benef." Refer to the 1993

 

 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G." The beneficiary's

 

 TIN should be reported in positions 15-23 of the "B" Record.

 

 

 202-241    Second Payee       40       If there are multiple payees,

 

            Name Line                   (e.g., partners, joint owners,

 

                                        or spouses), use this field for

 

                                        those names not associated with

 

                                        the TIN provided in position

 

                                        15-23 of the "B" Record or if

 

                                        not enough space was provided

 

                                        in the First Payee Name Line

 

                                        continue the name in this

 

                                        field. Do not enter address

 

                                        information. It is important

 

                                        that filers provide as much

 

                                        payee information to IRS/MCC as

 

                                        possible to identify the payee

 

                                        assigned the TIN. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. Fill with blanks if no

 

                                        entries are present for this

 

                                        field.

 

 

 242-281    Payee              40       Required. Enter mailing

 

            Mailing                     address of payee. Street

 

            Address                     address should number, street,

 

                                        apartment or suite number

 

                                        (or P.O. Box if mail is not

 

                                        delivered to street address).

 

                                        Left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. This

 

                                        field must not contain any

 

                                        data other than the payee's

 

                                        mailing address.

 

 

      For U.S. addresses, the payee City, State, and ZIP Code must be

 

 reported as a 29, 2, and 9 position field, respectively. For foreign

 

 addresses, filers may use the payee City, State, and ZIP Code as a

 

 continuous 40 position field. Enter information in the following

 

 order: city, province or state, postal code, and the name of the

 

 country. When reporting a foreign address, the Foreign Country

 

 Indicator in position 161 must contain a "1."

 

 

 282-310    Payee City         29       Required. Enter the city, town

 

                                        or post office. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill the unused positions

 

                                        with blanks. Enter APO or FPO

 

                                        if applicable. Do not enter

 

                                        state and ZIP Code information

 

                                        in this field.

 

 

 311-312    Payee State         2       Required. Enter the valid U.S.

 

                                        Postal Service state

 

                                        abbreviations for states or

 

                                        the appropriate postal

 

                                        identifier (AA, AE, or AP)

 

                                        described in Part A, Sec 19.

 

 

 313-321    Payee ZIP Code      9       Required. Enter the valid nine

 

                                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first five digits are

 

                                        known, left-justify and fill

 

                                        the unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. For foreign countries,

 

                                        alpha characters are

 

                                        acceptable as long as the

 

                                        filer has entered a "1" in the

 

                                        Foreign Country Indicator

 

                                        field, located in position 161

 

                                        of the "B" Record.

 

 

                 STANDARD PAYEE "B" RECORD FORMAT FOR

 

                ALL TYPES OF RETURNS UP TO POSITION 321

 

 

[Editor's note: These record layouts are graphic representations of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted because they provide no additional information and are not suitable for clear on-screen presentation.]

The following sections define the field positions for the different types of returns in the payee "B" record (positions 322-420):

(1) Forms 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R and 5498

(2) Form 1099-A

(3) Form 1099-B

(4) Form 1099-OID

(5) Form 1099-S

(6) Form W-2G

 (1) FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR,

 

 1099-R and 5498

 

 

               RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD--Continued

 

 

 Field

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 322-349    Blank              28       Enter blanks.

 

 

 350-416    Special            67       This portion of the "B" Record

 

            Data                        may be used to record

 

            Entries                     information for state or local

 

                                        government reporting or for

 

                                        the filer's own purposes.

 

                                        Payers should contact their

 

                                        state or local revenue

 

                                        departments for their filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not utilized, enter blanks.

 

 

 417-418    Combined            2       If this payee record is to be

 

            Federal/State               forwarded to a state agency as

 

            Code                        part of the Combined

 

                                        Federal/State Filing Program,

 

                                        enter the valid state code

 

                                        from Part A, Sec. 17, Table 1.

 

                                        For those payers or states not

 

                                        participating in this program,

 

                                        enter blanks.

 

 

 419-420    Blank               2       Enter blanks, or carriage

 

                                        return/line feed (cr/lf)

 

                                        characters.

 

 

           PAYEE "B" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT POSITIONS 322-420

 

                FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT,

 

                1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, and 5498

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

 (2) PAYEE "B" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT POSITIONS 322-420 FORM 1099-A

 

 

 Field

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 322-349    Blank              28       Enter blanks.

 

 

 350-370    Special            21       This portion of the "B" Record

 

            Data                        may be used to record

 

            Entries                     information for state or local

 

                                        government reporting or for

 

                                        the filer's own purposes.

 

                                        Payers should contact their

 

                                        state or local revenue

 

                                        departments for their filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not utilized, enter blanks.

 

 

 371-376    Date of Lender's    6       Form 1099-A only. Payers

 

            Acquisition or              should enter the acquisition

 

            Knowledge of                date of the secured property

 

            Abandonment                 or the date they first had

 

                                        reason to know the property

 

                                        was abandoned, in the format

 

                                        MMDDYY (i.e., 102293). Do not

 

                                        enter hyphens or slashes.

 

 

 377        Liability           1       Form 1099-A only. Enter the

 

            Indicator                   appropriate indicator from the

 

                                        table below:

 

 

                                        Indicator   Usage

 

 

                                        1           Borrower is

 

                                                    personally liable

 

                                                    for repayment of

 

                                                    the debt.

 

 

                                        Blank       Borrower is not

 

                                                    liable for

 

                                                    repayment of the

 

                                                    debt.

 

 

 378-416    Description        39       Form 1099-A only. Enter a

 

            of Property                 brief description of the

 

                                        property. For real property,

 

                                        enter the address, or if the

 

                                        address does not sufficiently

 

                                        identify the property, enter

 

                                        the section, lot and block.

 

                                        For personal property, enter

 

                                        the type, make and model

 

                                        (e.g., Car-1992 Buick

 

                                        Regal or Office Equipment).

 

                                        Enter "CCC" for crops

 

                                        forfeited on Commodity Credit

 

                                        Corporation loans. If fewer

 

                                        than 39 positions are

 

                                        required, left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 417-418    Blank               2       Enter blanks.

 

 

 419-420                                Enter blanks, or carriage

 

                                        return/line feed (cr/lf).

 

 

     PAYEE "B" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT POSITIONS 322-420 FORM 1099-A

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

 (3) PAYEE "B" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT POSITION 322-420 FORM 1099-B

 

 

 Field

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 322-349    Blank              28       Enter blanks.

 

 

 350-359    Special            10       This portion of the "B" Record

 

            Data                        may be used to record

 

            Entries                     information for state or local

 

                                        government reporting or for

 

                                        the filer's own purposes.

 

                                        Payers should contact their

 

                                        state or local revenue

 

                                        departments for their filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not utilized, enter blanks.

 

 

 360        Gross               1       Form 1099-B only. Enter the

 

            Proceeds                    appropriate indicator from the

 

            Indicator                   following table; otherwise,

 

                                        enter blanks.

 

 

                                        Indicator   Usage

 

 

                                        1           Gross proceeds

 

 

                                        2           Gross proceeds

 

                                                    less commissions

 

                                                    and option

 

                                                    premiums

 

 

 361-366    Date of Sale        6       Form 1099-B only. For broker

 

                                        transactions, enter the trade

 

                                        date of the transaction; for

 

                                        barter exchanges, enter the

 

                                        date cash, property, a credit,

 

                                        or scrip is actually or

 

                                        constructively received in the

 

                                        format MMDDYY (e.g., 102293).

 

                                        Enter blanks if this is an

 

                                        aggregate transaction. Do not

 

                                        enter hyphens or slashes.

 

 

 367-379    CUSIP Number       13       Form 1099-B only. For broker

 

                                        transactions only, enter the

 

                                        CUSIP (Committee on Uniform

 

                                        Security Identification

 

                                        Procedures) number of the item

 

                                        reported for Amount Code "2"

 

                                        (Stocks, bonds, etc.). Enter

 

                                        blanks if this is an aggregate

 

                                        transaction. Enter "0" (zeros)

 

                                        if the number is not

 

                                        available. Right-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 380-418    Description        39       Form 1099-B only. Enter a

 

                                        brief description of the item

 

                                        or services for which the

 

                                        proceeds or bartering is being

 

                                        reported. If fewer than 39

 

                                        characters are required,

 

                                        left-justify and fill

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        For broker transactions, enter

 

                                        a brief description of the

 

                                        disposition item, (e.g., 100

 

                                        shares of XYZ Corp.). For

 

                                        regulated futures and forward

 

                                        contracts, enter "RFC" or

 

                                        other appropriate

 

                                        descriptions. Also

 

                                        enter any amount subject to

 

                                        backup withholding. For

 

                                        bartering transactions, show

 

                                        the services or property

 

                                        provided.

 

 

 Note: The amount withheld in these situations is to be included in

 

 Amount Code 4.

 

 

 419-420    Blank               2       Enter blanks, or carriage

 

                                        return/line feed (cr/lf)

 

                                        characters.

 

 

     PAYEE "B" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT POSITIONS 322-420 FORM 1099-B

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

 (4) PAYEE "B" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT POSITION 322-420 FORM 1099-OID

 

 

 Field

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 322-349    Blank              28       Enter blanks.

 

 

 350-377    Special            28       This portion of the "B" Record

 

            Data                        may be used to record

 

            Entries                     information for state or local

 

                                        government reporting or for

 

                                        the filer's own purposes.

 

                                        Payers should contact their

 

                                        state or local revenue

 

                                        departments for filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not used, enter blanks.

 

 

 378-416    Description        39       Required 1099-OID only. Enter

 

                                        the CUSIP number, if any; if

 

                                        there is no CUSIP number,

 

                                        enter the abbreviation for the

 

                                        stock exchange and issuer, the

 

                                        coupon rate and year of

 

                                        maturity (e.g., NYSE XYZ

 

                                        12 1/2 95). Show the name of

 

                                        the issuer if other than

 

                                        the payer. If fewer than 39

 

                                        characters are required,

 

                                        left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks.

 

 

 417-418    Combined            2       If a payee record is to be

 

            Federal/State               forwarded to a state agency as

 

            Code                        part of the Combined

 

                                        Federal/State Filing Program,

 

                                        enter the valid state code

 

                                        from Part A, Sec. 17, Table 1.

 

                                        For those payers or states not

 

                                        participating in this program,

 

                                        enter blanks.

 

 

 419-420    Blank               2       Enter blanks or carriage

 

                                        return/line feed (cr/lf)

 

                                        characters.

 

 

    PAYEE "B" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT POSITIONS 322-420 FORM 1099-OID

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

 (5) PAYEE "B" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT POSITIONS 322-420 FORM 1099-S

 

 

 Field

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 322-349    Blank              28       Enter blanks.

 

 

 350-372    Special Data       23       This portion of the "B" Record

 

            Entries                     may be used to record

 

                                        information for state or local

 

                                        government reporting or for

 

                                        the filer's own purposes.

 

                                        Payers should contact their

 

                                        state or local revenue

 

                                        departments for filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not used, enter blanks.

 

 

 373-378    Date of Closing     6       Required Form 1099-S only.

 

                                        Enter the closing date in the

 

                                        format MMDDYY (e.g., 102293).

 

                                        Do not enter hyphens or

 

                                        slashes.

 

 

 379-417    Address or         39       Required Form 1099-S only.

 

            Legal Description           Enter the address of the

 

                                        transferred (including city,

 

                                        state, and ZIP Code). If the

 

                                        address does not sufficiently

 

                                        identify the property, also

 

                                        enter a legal description,

 

                                        such as section, lot, and

 

                                        block. For timber royalties,

 

                                        enter "TIMBER." If fewer than

 

                                        39 positions are required,

 

                                        left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks.

 

 

 418        Property or         1       Required Form 1099-S only.

 

            Services Received           Enter "1" if the transferor

 

            or To Be Received           received or will receive

 

                                        property (other than cash and

 

                                        consideration treated as cash

 

                                        in computing gross proceeds)

 

                                        or services as part of the

 

                                        consideration for the property

 

                                        transferred. Also enter a "1"

 

                                        if the transferor receives

 

                                        property (other than cash) or

 

                                        services to satisfy a debt

 

                                        having a stated principal

 

                                        amount; otherwise, enter a

 

                                        blank.

 

 

 419-420    Blank               2       Enter blanks or carriage

 

                                        return/line feed (cr/lf)

 

                                        characters.

 

 

     PAYEE "B" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT POSITIONS 322-420 FORM 1099-S

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

      When reporting Form 1099-S, the "B" Record will reflect the

 

 seller/transferor information.

 

 

 (6) PAYEE "B" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT POSITIONS 322-420 FORM W-2G

 

 

 Field

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 322-352    Blank              31       Enter blanks.

 

 

 353-358    Date Won            6       Required Form W-2G only. Enter

 

                                        the date of the winning event

 

                                        in the format MMDDYY (e.g.,

 

                                        102293). Do not enter hyphens

 

                                        or slashes.

 

 

 359-373    Transaction        15       Required Form W-2G only. For

 

                                        state conducted lotteries,

 

                                        enter the ticket or other

 

                                        identifying number. For keno,

 

                                        bingo, and slot machines,

 

                                        enter the ticket or card

 

                                        number (and color, if

 

                                        applicable), machine serial

 

                                        number, or any other

 

                                        information that will help

 

                                        identify the winning

 

                                        transaction. All others, enter

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 374-378    Race                5       Form W-2G only. Enter the race

 

                                        (or game) applicable to the

 

                                        winning ticket. If no entry,

 

                                        enter blanks.

 

 

 379-383    Cashier             5       Form W-2G only. If applicable,

 

                                        enter the initials of the

 

                                        cashier making the winning

 

                                        payment. If no entry, enter

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 384-388    Window              5       Form W-2G only. If applicable,

 

                                        enter the window number or

 

                                        location of the person

 

                                        paying the winnings;

 

                                        otherwise, enter blanks.

 

 

 389-403    First ID           15       Form W-2G only. If applicable,

 

                                        enter the first identification

 

                                        number of the person

 

                                        receiving the winnings;

 

                                        otherwise, enter blanks.

 

 

 404-418    Second ID          15       Form W-2G only. If applicable,

 

                                        enter the second

 

                                        identification number of the

 

                                        person receiving the winnings;

 

                                        otherwise, enter blanks.

 

 

 419-420    Blank               2       Enter blanks, or carriage

 

                                        return/line feed (cr/lf)

 

                                        characters.

 

 

      PAYEE "B" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT POSITIONS 322-420 FORM W-2G

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 8. END OF PAYER "C" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT

.01 The End of Payer "C" Record is a fixed record length of 420 positions. The Control Total fields are each 15 positions in length.

.02 The "C" Record consists of the total number of payees and the totals of the payment amount fields filed by a given payer and/or a particular type of return. The "C" Record must be written after the last "B" Record for each type of return for a given payer. For each "A" Record and group of "B" Records on the file, there must be a corresponding "C" Record.

.03 In developing the "C" Record, for example, if a payer used Amount Codes 1, 3 and 6 in the "A" Record, the totals from the "B" Records will appear in Control Totals 1, 3 and 6 of the "C" Record. In this example, positions 26-40, 56-85, and 101-145 would be zero filled. Positions 146-420 would be blank filled.

.04 Payers/Transmitters should verify the accuracy of the totals since data with missing or incorrect "C" Records will be returned for replacement.

                 RECORD NAME: END OF PAYER "C" RECORD

 

 

 Field

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Type         1       Required. Enter "C."

 

 

 2-7        Number of Payees    6       Required. Enter the total

 

                                        number Of "B" Records covered

 

                                        by the preceding "A" Record.

 

                                        Right-justify and zero-fill.

 

 

 8-10       Blank               3       Enter blanks.

 

 

      Required. Accumulate totals of any Payment Amount fields in the

 

 "B" Records into the appropriate Control Total fields of the "C"

 

 Record. Control totals must be right-justified and unused control

 

 total fields zero-filled. All Control Total fields are 15 positions

 

 in length.

 

 

 11-25      Control            15

 

            Total 1

 

 26-40      Control            15

 

            Total 2

 

 41-55      Control            15

 

            Total 3

 

 56-70      Control            15

 

            Total 4

 

 71-85      Control            15

 

            Total 5

 

 86-100     Control            15

 

            Total 6

 

 101-115    Control            15

 

            Total 7

 

 116-130    Control            15

 

            Total 8

 

 131-145    Control            15

 

            Total 9

 

 

 146-420    Blank              275      Enter blanks. Filers may

 

                                        enter carriage return/line

 

                                        feed (cr/lf) characters in

 

                                        positions 419-420.

 

 

                END OF PAYER "C" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 9. STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT

.01 The state totals "K" record is a fixed record length of 420 positions. The Control Total fields are each 15 positions in length.

.02 The "K" Record is a summary for a given payer and a given state in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program, used only when state reporting approval has been granted.

.03 The "K" Record will contain the total number of payees and the totals of the payment amount fields filed by a given payer for a given state. The "K" Record(s) must be written after the "C" Record for the related "A" Record.

.04 In developing the "K" Record, for example, if a payer used Amount Codes 1, 3, and 6 in the "A" Record, the totals from the "B" Records coded for this state will appear in Control Totals 1, 3, and 6 of the "K" Record.

.05 There must be a separate "K" Record for each state being reported.

.06 Refer to Part A, Sec. 17 for the requirements and conditions that must be met to file via this program.

                 RECORD NAME: STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD

 

 

 Field

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Type         1       Required. Enter "K."

 

 

 2-7        Number of Payees    6       Required. Enter the total

 

                                        number of "B" Records being

 

                                        coded for this state.

 

                                        Right-justify and zero-fill.

 

 

 8-10       Blank               3       Enter blanks.

 

 

      Required. Accumulate totals of any Payment Amount fields in the

 

 "B" Records for each state being reported, into the appropriate

 

 Control Total fields of the appropriate "K" Record. Control totals

 

 must be right-justified, and unused Control Total fields zero-filled.

 

 All Control Total fields are 15 positions in length.

 

 

 11-25      Control            15

 

            Total 1

 

 26-40      Control            15

 

            Total 2

 

 41-55      Control            15

 

            Total 3

 

 56-70      Control            15

 

            Total 4

 

 71-85      Control            15

 

            Total 5

 

 86-100     Control            15

 

            Total 6

 

 101-115    Control            15

 

            Total 7

 

 116-130    Control            15

 

            Total 8

 

 131-145    Control            15

 

            Total 9

 

 

 146-416    Blank              271      Reserved for IRS use. Enter

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 417-418    Combined            2       Required. Enter the code

 

            Federal/State               assigned to the state which

 

            Code                        is to receive the information.

 

                                        (Refer to Part A, Sec. 17

 

                                        Table 1.)

 

 

 419-420    Blank               2       Enter blanks or carriage

 

                                        return/line feed (cr/lf)

 

                                        characters.

 

 

                STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 10. END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT

.01 The end of transmission "F" record is a fixed record length of 420 positions. The "F" Record is a summary of the number of payers in the entire file.

.02 This record should be written after the last "C" Record (or last "K" Record, when applicable) of the entire file.

              RECORD NAME: END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD

 

 

 Field

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Type         1       Required. Enter "F."

 

 

 2-5        Number of           4       Enter the total number of "A"

 

            "A" Records                 Records Payer "A" Records in

 

                                        the entire file (right-justify

 

                                        and zero-fill) or all zeros.

 

 

 6-30       Zero               25       Enter zeros.

 

 

 31-420     Blank              390      Enter blanks. Filers may enter

 

                                        carriage return/line feed

 

                                        (cr/lf) characters in

 

                                        positions 419-420.

 

 

             END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

PART C. BISYNCHRONOUS (MAINFRAME) ELECTRONIC FILING SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 1. GENERAL

.01 Bisynchronous electronic filing of information returns is offered as an alternative to magnetic media (tape, tape cartridge, or diskette) or paper filing, but is not a requirement. This method uses IBM 3780 communications protocols and is used primarily by mainframe filers. Electronic filing will fulfill the magnetic media requirements for those payers who are required to file magnetically. It may also be used by payers who are under the filing threshold requirement but would prefer to file their information returns this way. Forms 1098, 1099, 5498, and W-2G, originals and corrections, may be filed electronically.

.02 The electronic filing of information returns is not affiliated with the Form 1040 electronic filing program. These two programs are totally independent, and separate approval to participate in each of them must be obtained. All inquiries concerning the electronic filing of information returns should be directed to IRS/MCC. IRS/MCC personnel cannot answer questions or assist taxpayers in the filing of Form 1040 tax returns. Filers with questions of this nature will be directed to the Taxpayer Service toll free number (1-800-829-1040) for assistance.

.03 Filers participating in the electronic filing program for information returns will submit their returns to IRS/MCC by way of modems, and not through magnetic media or paper filing.

.04 Upon request, payers/transmitters who file electronically will be granted an extension of 30 days to file. Part A, Sec. 11 explains procedures for requesting extensions of time. Filers are encouraged to file their data as soon as possible.

.05 The formats of the "A," "B," "C," "K," and "F" Records are the same for electronically filed records as they are for 5 1/4- and 3 1/2-inch diskettes, tapes and tape cartridges. For electronically filed documents, each transmission is considered a separate file; therefore, each transmission must have an End of Transmission (EOT) Record.

SEC. 2. ELECTRONIC FILING APPROVAL PROCEDURE

.01 Filers must obtain, or already have, a Transmitter Control Code (TCC) assigned to them prior to submitting their files electronically. Refer to Part A, Sec. 7 for information on how to obtain a TCC.

.02 Filers using bisynchronous protocols must obtain an IRS/MCC-assigned password prior to submitting test or actual data files. To obtain a password, the following steps must be taken:

(a) Bisynchronous filers who already have a TCC must submit either Form 4419 or a letter to indicate that they wish to file information returns electronically. Another TCC will not be assigned. If a letter is submitted, it must contain the following:

1) Name and address of Transmitter.

2) Transmitter Control Code.

3) Name and phone number of a contact person within the filer's organization to whom a password will be assigned.

(b) Within 30 days of receiving the application or letter, IRS/MCC will send Form 6086, Time Sharing Operation (TSO) Password Assignment, to the filer which will contain the password to be used for electronic submissions.

(c) Upon receipt of Form 6086, the user (person who will actually transmit the data) will separate the acknowledgement from the password. Both the user and the user's manager must sign the acknowledgement and mail to:

     Chief, Security and Disclosure Branch

 

     IRS, Martinsburg Computing Center

 

     P.O. Box 1208

 

     Martinsburg, WV 25401

 

 

(d) The users or filers should retain a copy of the signed acknowledgement for their records. It is the filer's responsibility to ensure that the password is not compromised. Access to IRS/MCC computers will not be allowed without a valid password. After a password is received and the acknowledgement returned, the filer may submit a data file.

e) For security reasons, all bisynchronous passwords will be obsoleted periodically, and a new password will automatically be assigned. If filers have any questions relating to the security procedures, and/or they need to report their password has been compromised, they must contact IRS/MCC as soon as possible.

.03 It is the user's responsibility to remember the password and not allow the password to be compromised.

SEC. 3. TEST FILES

.01 Filers are not required to submit a test file. The purpose of test files is to resolve any data or communication problems prior to the filing season. If a filer wishes to submit an electronic test file for Tax Year 1993, it must be submitted to IRS/MCC between November 1, 1993, and December 31, 1993.

.02 If a filer has encountered problems while transmitting electronic test files, contact IRS/MCC for assistance.

.03 A password must be obtained before submitting an electronic test file. Bisynchronous electronic test files will be processed and filers will be notified as to the acceptability of their data within 10 workdays of the date the data is received by IRS/MCC.

SEC. 4. ELECTRONIC SUBMISSIONS

.01 Electronically-filed information may be submitted to IRS/MCC 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. Technical assistance will be available Monday through Friday between 8:30 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. Eastern Time Zone by calling (304) 263-8700.

.02 Long transmissions are not encouraged since the transmission may be interrupted by line noise problems.

SEC. 5. TRANSMITTAL REQUIREMENTS

.01 All data submitted electronically is verified by transmittal Form 4804. Form 4804 must be submitted to IRS/MCC postmarked on or before the due date of the return or within two (2) workdays of the electronic transmission, whichever is earlier. No return is considered filed until a Form 4804 is received by IRS/MCC.

.02 Form 4804 can be ordered by calling the IRS toll free forms and publications order number 1-800-TAX-FORM or it may be computer-generated. If a filer chooses to computer-generate Form 4804, all of the information contained on the original form, including the affidavit, must also be contained on the computer-generated form.

.03 The filer whose TCC is used in the "A" Record is responsible for submitting the transmittal Form 4804.

.04 Forms 4804 may be mailed to the following addresses:

     If by Postal Service:

 

 

          IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center

 

          ATTN: Electronic Filing Coordinator

 

          P.O. Box 1359

 

          Martinsburg, WV 25401-1359

 

 

     If by truck or air freight:

 

 

          IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center

 

          ATTN: Electronic Filing Coordinator

 

          Route 9 and Needy Road

 

          Martinsburg, WV 25401

 

 

.05 Form 4804 submitted for electronically-filed information returns may be faxed to IRS/MCC at the following number: (304) 264-5196. Faxed transmittals will allow IRS/MCC to begin processing the file immediately; however, a filer must still submit the actual signed Form 4804 within the time frames described in .01 of this section.

SEC. 6. IBM 3780 BISYNCHRONOUS COMMUNICATION SPECIFICATIONS

.01 Transmissions using IBM 3780 bisynchronous protocols must be in EBCDIC character code. Modems must be compatible with either Bell 208B for 4800 bps transmissions, or AT&T 2296A for 9600 bps transmissions. Both modems are dial-up type modems using the Public Switched Telephone Network. IBM 3780 data compression is acceptable for any bisynchronous transmission.

.02 IRS/MCC will accept information returns filed electronically over switched telecommunications network circuits. For 4800 bps, the circuit will be (304) 267-0807. For 9600 bps, the circuit will be (304) 267-9572. Both circuits are equipped for bisynchronous transmission using the IBM 3780 protocol.

.03 The 4800 bps line terminates at a Bell 208B modem. The Bell 208B modem uses phase-shift keying and eight-phase modulation to transmit binary serial data signals over the telephone line in half-duplex mode. The following options have been selected:

-- Transmit Level set to -4 dBm

-- Compromise Equalizer in (4--dB Slope)

-- DSR off in Analog Loop Mode

-- Automatic Answer

-- Transmitter Internally Timed

-- RS-CS Interval of 50 ms

.04 The 9600 bps line terminates at an AT&T Dataphone II 2296A modem. The AT&T 2296A modem is a full-duplex, CCITT V.32 compatible unit which operates at 9600 bps or 4800 bps (fallback). The following options have been selected:

-- Receiver Responds to Remote Loopback

-- Loss-of-Carrier Disconnect

-- Received-Space Disconnect

-- Send-Space Disconnect

-- Automatic Answer

-- Answer on Ring 1

-- DTR Interlock

-- Retrain Enable

-- Internal Timing

-- CTS Controlled by RTS

-- 0--1 ms RTS to CTS Delay

-- CTS Dependent on Carrier

-- RR Indicates Carrier

-- 9600 Trellis Coding

-- 4800 bps Fallback

-- 4 dB Compromise Equalization

SEC. 7. BISYNCHRONOUS ELECTRONIC FILING RECORD SPECIFICATIONS

.01 For bisynchronous filing there are two additional identifier records which must be used to transmit data. These records are 420 positions in length and are the first ($$REQUEST) and second ($$ADD) records sent in an electronic transmission. The purpose of these records is to provide the password and identity of the transmitter. The $$REQUEST, $$ADD and the data file should be transmitted as one file. In some cases, filers have attempted to send the $$REQUEST and $$ADD as separate files. Doing this will result in a failed transmission.

.02 With the exception of these additional records, the file format for electronic filing is the same as for magnetic media filing. The format of each of these records is as follows:

                        RECORD NAME: $$REQUEST

 

 

 Field

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1-20       $$REQUEST          20       Enter the following

 

            Identifier Record           characters: $$REQUEST

 

                                        ID=MSGFILE MSGFILE is the file

 

                                        name that IRS software will

 

                                        attempt to send a message to

 

                                        at the end of the

 

                                        transmission.

 

 

 21-420     Blank              400      Blank.

 

 

     ELECTRONIC FILING IDENTIFIER $$REQUEST RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

.03 Upon making contact with IRS/MCC and furnishing a valid password in the $$ADD identifier record, a data transmission session will commence. The transmission will continue until an End of Transmission (EOT) record is received. At the end of each transmission, the following message should be received electronically by the filer: "DATA RECEIVED AT MCC" and the line will be disconnected. If this message is not received, there was a problem with the submission, and the filer should contact IRS/MCC immediately.

.04 Upon receiving a data file and transmittal Form 4804, IRS/MCC will release the data for further processing. If the data is found to be unprocessable, the filer will be contacted by either letter or telephone and notified that the data must be retransmitted. This file name, if necessary, will be provided by IRS/MCC either by letter or telephone, and is to be placed in positions 45-51 of the $$ADD record when the file is retransmitted.

                          RECORD NAME: $$ADD

 

 

 Field

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1-9        $$ADD Identifier    9       Enter the following

 

            Record                      characters: $$ADD ID=

 

 

 10-17      Password            8       Enter the password assigned by

 

                                        IRS/MCC. This password will be

 

                                        provided to the filer on Form

 

                                        6086. For more information

 

                                        concerning the password,

 

                                        see Part C, Sec. 2.

 

 

 18         Blank               1       Enter a blank.

 

 

 19-26      BATCHID             8       Enter the following

 

                                        characters: BATCHID=

 

 

 27         Quote               1       Enter a single quote (').

 

 

 28-43      Transmitter Name   16       Enter the transmitter's name.

 

                                        This name should remain

 

                                        consistent in all

 

                                        transmissions. If the

 

                                        transmitter's name exceeds

 

                                        16 positions, truncate

 

                                        the name.

 

 

 44         Type of File        1       Enter the Type of File

 

            Indicator                   Indicator from the list below:

 

 

                                        O = Original filing

 

                                        T = Test File

 

                                        C = Correction file

 

                                        R = Replacement file

 

 

 45-51      Replacement         7       Use this field only if this is

 

            File Name                   a replacement file. Enter the

 

                                        replacement file name which

 

                                        IRS/MCC has assigned to this

 

                                        file. This file name will be

 

                                        provided to the filer in the

 

                                        letter notifying them that a

 

                                        replacement file is necessary.

 

                                        If contact is made by

 

                                        telephone, the replacement

 

                                        file name will be given to the

 

                                        filer by IRS/MCC at that time.

 

                                        For other than replacement

 

                                        files, this field will contain

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 52         Quote               1       Enter a single quote (').

 

 

 53-420     Blanks             368      Enter blanks.

 

 

       ELECTRONIC FILING IDENTIFIER $$ADD RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

PART D. ASYNCHRONOUS (IRP-BBS) ELECTRONIC FILING SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 1. GENERAL

.01 Asynchronous electronic filing of information returns is offered as an alternative to magnetic media (tape, tape cartridge, or diskette) or paper filing, but is not a requirement. Electronic filing using the Information Reporting Program Bulletin Board System (IRP-BBS) will fulfill the magnetic media requirements for those filers who are required to file magnetically. It may also be used by those payers who are under the filing threshold requirement, but would prefer to file their information returns this way. Forms 1098, 1099, 5498, and W-2G, originals, corrections, and replacements may be filed electronically. If the original job was sent magnetically, but was returned for replacement, the replacement can be transmitted electronically. Also, if the original file was submitted via magnetic media, any corrections may be transmitted electronically.

.02 The electronic filing of information returns is not affiliated with the Form 1040 electronic filing program. These two programs are totally independent, and filers must obtain separate approval to participate in each of them. All inquiries concerning the electronic filing of information returns should be directed to IRS/MCC. IRS/MCC personnel cannot answer questions or assist taxpayers in the filing of Form 1040 tax returns. Filers with questions of this nature will be directed to the Taxpayer Service toll free number (1-800-829-1040) for assistance.

.03 Filers participating in the electronic filing program for information returns will submit their returns to IRS/MCC by way of modems and not through magnetic media or paper filing.

.04 Upon request, payers/transmitters who file electronically will be granted an extension of 30 days to file. Part A, Sec. 11 explains procedures for requesting extensions of time. Filers are encouraged to file their data as soon as possible.

.05 The formats of the "A," "B," "C," "K," and "F" Records are the same for electronically filed records as they are for 5 1/4- and 3 1/2-inch diskettes, tapes, and tape cartridges. For electronically filed documents, each transmission is considered a separate file. Do not use the 8-inch diskette format for electronic filing.

SEC. 2. ELECTRONIC FILING APPROVAL PROCEDURE

.01 Filers must obtain, or already have, a Transmitter Control Code (TCC) assigned to them prior to submitting their files electronically. (Filers who currently have a TCC for magnetic filing do not have to request a second TCC for electronic filing.) Refer to Part A, Sec. 7 for information on how to obtain a TCC.

.02 Once a TCC is obtained, filers using IRP-BBS assign their own passwords and do not need special approval.

.03 With all passwords, it is the user's responsibility to remember the password and not allow the password to be compromised. However, if filers do forget their password, call (304) 263-8700 for assistance. Note: Passwords on the IRP-BBS are case sensitive.

SEC. 3. TEST FILES

.01 Filers are not required to submit a test file; however, the submission of a test file is encouraged for first time electronic filers in order to resolve any data or communication problems prior to the filing season. If filers wish to submit an electronic test file for Tax Year 1993, it must be submitted to IRS/MCC between November 1, 1993, and December 31, 1993.

.02 If problems are encountered while transmitting the electronic test file, contact IRS/MCC for assistance.

.03 Filers can verify the status of their transmitted test data by calling the IRP-BBS. This information will be available within two workdays after their transmission is received by IRS/MCC.

.04 A test file is required from filers who want approval for the Combined Federal/State Filing Program. See Part A, Sec. 17 for further details.

SEC. 4. ELECTRONIC SUBMISSIONS

.01 Electronically-filed information may be submitted to IRS/MCC 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. Technical assistance will be available Monday through Friday between 8:30 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. Eastern Time Zone by calling (304) 263-8700.

.02 Filers may submit as many documents as they choose electronically. Filers are allowed 240 minutes a day; however, more time may be requested if needed. It may be advantageous to break down large files (files in excess of several hours of transmission time) into several smaller files. For example, if large files contain several types of returns or payers, transmit each return or payer as a separate file. As a result, if only one of the files is incorrect, a replacement would be needed for only the incorrect file.

.03 Do not transmit data using IRP-BBS between January 1 and January 10. This will allow time for the IRP-BBS to be updated to reflect current year changes.

.04 Data compression is encouraged when submitting information returns by way of the IRP-BBS. MCC has the ability to decompress files created using several popular software compression programs such as ARC, COMPRESS, LHARC, and PKZIP. Software data compression can be done alone or in conjunction with V.42bis hardware compression. Transmission time can be reduced by as much as 80 percent when data compression is used; therefore, it is highly recommended.

.05 Files submitted to IRP-BBS must have a unique filename; therefore, the IRP-BBS will build the filename that must be used. The name will consist of the filer's TCC, submission type (T = Test, P = Production, C = Correction, and R = Replacement) and a sequence number. Filers may call the file anything they choose on their end. The filename that the filer gives the IRP-BBS must be the one the program builds for them. The sequence number will be incremented every time they send, or attempt to send, a file. Record the upload date, time, and filename. This information will be needed by MCC in order to identify the file if assistance is required and to complete Form 4804.

.06 If the original submission was filed magnetically and was returned for replacement, the replacement may be filed electronically. Be sure to indicate at the prompt that this is a replacement for information filed magnetically.

SEC. 5. TRANSMITTAL REQUIREMENTS

.01 All data submitted electronically is verified against information provided on the Form 4804. Form 4804 must be submitted to IRS/MCC postmarked on or before the due date of the return or within two (2) workdays of the electronic transmission, whichever is earlier. No return is considered filed until a Form 4804 is received by IRS/MCC.

.02 Form 4804 can be ordered by calling the IRS toll free forms and publication order number 1-800-TAX-FORM, downloaded from the IRP-BBS, or it may be computer generated. A copy of the form is also available in the back of this publication. If a filer chooses to computer-generate Form 4804, all of the information contained on the original form, including the affidavit, must also be contained on the computer-generated form.

.03 The filer whose TCC is used in the "A" Record is responsible for submitting the transmittal Form 4804.

.04 Forms 4804 may be mailed to the following addresses:

     If by Postal Service:

 

 

          IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center

 

          ATTN: Electronic Filing Coordinator

 

          P.O. Box 1359

 

          Martinsburg, WV 25401-1359

 

 

     If by truck or air freight:

 

 

          IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center

 

          ATTN: Electronic Filing Coordinator

 

          Route 9 and Needy Road

 

          Martinsburg, WV 25401

 

 

.05 Form 4804 submitted for electronically-filed information returns may be faxed to IRS/MCC at the following number: (304) 264-5196. Faxed transmittals will allow IRS/MCC to begin processing the file immediately; however, filers must still submit the actual signed Form 4804 within the time frames described in .01 of this section.

Note: If a filer is required to submit a large volume of Forms 4804/4802, please mail in lieu of faxing.

SEC. 6. INFORMATION REPORTING PROGRAM BULLETIN BOARD SYSTEM (IRP-BBS) SPECIFICATIONS

.01 The IRP-BBS is an electronic bulletin board system available to filers of information returns. In addition to filing information returns electronically, the IRP-BBS provides other capabilities. Some of the advantages of IRP-BBS are as follows:

(1) Notification within two workdays as to the acceptability of the data transmitted.

(2) Immediate access to the latest changes and updates that affect the Information Reporting Program at IRS/MCC (program, legislative, etc.).

(3) Access to publications such as the Publication 1220 as soon as they are available.

(4) Capability to communicate with IRS/MCC personnel.

(5) Ability to retrieve information and files applicable to the IRP-BBS.

.02 The IRP-BBS is available for public use and accessible using various personal computer communications equipment; however, electronic submission of information returns is limited to holders of valid TCCs. A TCC is not needed to access those portions of the IRP-BBS that contain forms and publications or to leave questions or messages for IRS/MCC personnel.

.03 Filers using IRP-BBS can determine the acceptability of files submitted by checking the file status area of the bulletin board. These reports are not immediately available but will be available within two workdays of successful processing of the file.

.04 Contact the IRP-BBS by dialing (304) 263-2749. The communication software settings for IRP-BBS are:

-- No parity

-- Eight data bits

-- One stop bit

-- Full duplex

The communication software should be set up to use the fastest speed allowed by the filer's modem.

.05 Due to the large number of communication products available, it is impossible to provide specific information on a particular software package or hardware configuration. Filers should contact their software or hardware supplier for assistance.

.06 IRP-BBS software provides a menu driven environment allowing access to different parts of IRP-BBS. Whenever possible, IRS/MCC personnel will provide assistance in resolving any communication problems with IRP-BBS.

.07 IRP-BBS can be accessed at speeds from 300 to 14,400 bps. The speed is automatically negotiated for connection at the speed of the calling modem. The communication standards supported include Bell 212A, V.22bis, V.32, and V.32bis. Point-to-point error control is supported using the V.42 CCITT standard or MNP 2-4. Data compression is supported using V.42bis CCITT standard or MNP5.

SEC. 7. IRP-BBS FIRST LOGON PROCEDURES

.01 The following information will be requested to set up the filer's user profile when logging onto the IRP-BBS for the first time.

(A) # Chars per line on screen (10-132)? (Most computers have 80 character screen display)

(B) Enter the letter, that corresponds to the filer's terminal, from the following:

               < A > IBM PC

 

               < B > IBM w/ANSI

 

               < C > Atari

 

               < D > ADM-3

 

               < E > H19/Z19/H89

 

               < F > Televid 925

 

               < G > TRS-80

 

               < H > Vidtex

 

               < I > VT-52

 

               < J > VT-100

 

               < CR > if none of the above

 

 

Most PCs, clones, etc., will select the IBM PC emulation. Machines with color, CGA, EGA, or VGA should select IBM w/ANSI.

(C) Upper/lower case, line feed needed, O nulls after each < CR >, do you wish to modify this? (Most users answer no)

(D) Do you wish to have a pause after each display page (Y/N)? (Most users answer yes)

(E) How many lines per display page (10-80)? (Most computers have a 24 line screen display)

                         COMMON USER PROBLEMS

 

 

 PROBLEM              PROBABLE CAUSE                SOLUTION

 

 

 File does not        Not starting communication    Start

 

 upload/download      when prompted by 'Awaiting    upload/download on

 

                      Start Signal'                 filers end

 

 

 All files not        Compressing several files     Compress only one

 

 processed            into one filename             file for every

 

                                                    file name

 

 

 Replacement needed   Original data incorrect       Replacement must

 

                                                    be submitted

 

                                                    within 45 days of

 

                                                    original

 

                                                    transmission

 

 

 Cannot determine     Not dialing back thru         Within 24 to 48

 

 file status          IRP-BBS to check              hours after

 

                      the status of the file        sending a file,

 

                                                    check under (f)ile

 

                                                    status for

 

                                                    notification of

 

                                                    acceptability

 

 

 Transfer aborts      Transfer protocol             Ensure protocols

 

 before it starts     mismatch                      match on both the

 

                                                    sending and

 

                                                    receiving ends

 

 

 Loss of carrier      Incorrect modem settings      Reference your

 

 during session       on user's end                 modem manual about

 

                                                    increasing the

 

                                                    value of the S10

 

                                                    register

 

 

 Unreadable screens   ANSI.SYS driver not           Consult your DOS

 

 after selecting      loaded in the user's PC       manual about

 

 "IBM w/ANSI"                                       installing

 

                                                    ANSI.SYS

 

 

                       IRS ENCOUNTERED PROBLEMS

 

 

 PROBLEM              PROBABLE CAUSE                SOLUTION

 

 

 IRS cannot           User did not mail the         Mail completed

 

 complete final       Form 4804                     Form 4804 within

 

 processing of data                                 two days of

 

                                                    electronic

 

                                                    transmission or

 

                                                    before the due

 

                                                    date of the return

 

 

 IRS cannot           User did not indicate         Must enter the

 

 determine which      which file is being           filename that is

 

 file is being        replaced                      being replaced

 

 replaced                                           under the

 

                                                    replacement option

 

 

 IRS cannot           User incorrectly              When prompted,

 

 determine the type   indicated T, P, C, or         enter the correct

 

 of file being sent   R for the type of file        type of file for

 

                                                    data being sent

 

 

 File not replaced    User did not call back        Within two work

 

 after 45 days        thru IRP-BBS to check         days check under

 

                      the status of file            (f)ile status for

 

                                                    notification of

 

                                                    acceptability

 

 

 Duplicate data       Transmitter sends             Only submit

 

                      corrections for entire        corrections for

 

                      file                          incorrect records

 

 

PART E. SINGLE DENSITY DISKETTE SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 1. GENERAL

.01 The specifications contained in this part of the revenue procedure define the required format and contents of the records to be included in a single density diskette file and must be strictly adhered to unless deviations have been specifically granted by IRS.

.02 IRS is considering eliminating 8-inch diskettes as an acceptable type of media in the future.

.03 To be compatible, a single density diskette file must meet the following specifications in total:

(a) 8-inches in diameter.

(b) Recorded in EBCDIC.

(c) Contain 77 tracks of which:

(1) Track 0 is the index track (the operating system reserves track 0 for the directory information and writes the file name and location in the directory; data cannot be written in track 0).

(2) Tracks 1 through 73 are data tracks.

(3) Track 74 is unused.

(4) Tracks 75 and 76 are alternate data tracks.

(d) Each Track must contain 26 sectors.

(e) Each Sector must contain 128 bytes.

(f) Data must be recorded on only one side of the diskette.

(g) IRS can process single sided, single density, soft sectored diskettes as well as double sided, double density, soft sectored diskettes. Part E provides specifications for double density diskettes which have sectors of 256 bytes.

(h) An IBM 5360 compatible diskette would meet the above specifications.

(i) Hard sectored diskettes are not compatible.

(j) A diskette should be clearly marked as to type of data (single sided/single density), and the entire file should consist of all single sided/single density diskettes.

.04 Exchange files are created through the Transfer command and Copyfile files are created through the Copy command. In order to do this, initialize the diskettes using the FORMAT parameter in the INIT procedure.

.05 Form 5064, Media Label, must be affixed to each diskette submitted for processing.

SEC. 2. DISKETTE HEADER LABEL

The following header label format applies to both single and double density diskettes.

The header label on the diskette must be located in track 0, sector 8 and must be formatted as shown in the following layout. IRS/MCC does not require this information. If the file will consist of multiple diskettes, the Multi-Volume indicator (pos. 45) in the diskette header label must contain a "C."

                Data Set (File)

 

HDR1 Blank Name (For Blank Sector Blank Beginning

 

 (a) (b) Transmitter's Use) (b) Length (b) of Data

 

                      (c) (d) (e)

 

---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1-4 5 6-13 14-22 23-27 28 29-33

 

 

          End of Bypass Data Set Write

 

  Blank Data Blank Data Set Accessibility Protect Blank

 

   (b) (f) (b) (g) (h) (i) (j)

 

---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

    34 35-39 40 41 42 43 44

 

 

                              Expiration

 

  Multi- Sequence Blank Date Verify Blank

 

  Volume Number (b) YYMMDD Mark (b)

 

    (k) (l) (m) (n)

 

-----------------------------------------------------------

 

    45 46-47 48-66 67-72 73 74

 

 

  Next Available

 

       Data

 

     Position

 

       (p)

 

------------------

 

      75-79

 

 

(a) Header 1--Positions 1 through 4; enter HDR1.

(b) Unused--Any field marked blank is unused and should contain only blanks.

(c) Data Set (File) Name--Positions 6 through 13; use this field to identify the data set. The Data Set Name must begin with an alphabetic character. This name should be the same for every diskette in a file.

(d) Sector Length--Positions 23 through 27; enter the sector length 128 in positions 25-27 and fill positions 23 and 24 with zeroes.

(e) Beginning of Data--Positions 29 through 33; enter the five-digit address designated for the first record of this data set, xx0yy (xx = track number, yy = sector number). For example, if the first record is in track 01, sector 02, enter 01002.

(f) End of Data--Positions 35 through 39; enter the five-digit address of the last position of the diskette reserved for this data set. For example, to reserve the entire diskette for a data set, enter 73026.

(g) Bypass Data Set--Position 41, this field not accessed by IRS, any character is acceptable.

(h) Data Set Accessibility--Position 42; this field not accessed by IRS; any character is acceptable.

(i) Write Protect--Position 43; this field defines the protected status of the associated data set. P = read only; blank = read/write. With P in this position, a filer can only select the Update (U) mode.

(j) Position 44 is blank for Single Sided/Single Density diskettes.

(k) Multi-Volume--Position 45; this field indicates whether a complete data set is on a diskette. Blank = data set complete; C = data set continued on another diskette; L = last diskette of a multi-diskette data set.

(l) Sequence Number--For Copyfile files only. Sequentially ascending numbers must be entered in every diskette header label.

(m) Expiration Date--Positions 67 through 72; may be used to contain the date that the data set expires, YYMMDD (YY = year, MM = month, DD = day). This field is not accessed by IRS; any characters are acceptable.

(n) Verify Mark--Position 73; this field is used to indicate the data set was verified. If verified enter V, if not enter a blank.

(o) Next Available Data Position--Positions 75-79. Enter the address of the next available position after End of Data (f). In positions 75 and 76 enter the track number, in position 77 enter a "0" (zero), and in positions 77-78 enter the sector number.

SEC. 3. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD--GENERAL INFORMATION

.01 The Payer/Transmitter "A" Record identifies the payer and transmitter of the diskette and provides parameters for the succeeding Payee "B" Records. IRS computer programs rely on the absolute relationship between the parameters and data fields in the "A" Record and the data fields in the "B" Records.

.02 The number of "A" Records depends on the number of payers and the different types of returns being reported. The payment amounts for one payer for one type of return should be consolidated under one "A" Record if submitted on the same file.

.03 Do not submit separate "A" Records for each payment amount being reported. For example, if a payer is filing Form 1099-DIV to report Amount Codes 1, 2, and 3, all three amount codes must be reported under one "A" Record, not three separate "A" Records. For "B" Records that do not contain payment amounts for all three amount codes, enter zeros for those which have no amount to be reported.

.04 After the header label on the diskette, the first record in the file must be an "A" Record. When a single density diskette is used, each "A" Record will consist of at least 2 sectors of 128 positions each. If a payer is transmitting for someone other than themselves, 4 sectors are required in order to identify both the payer and transmitter.

.05 A transmitter may include "B" Records for more than one payer on a diskette; however, each group of "B" Records must be preceded by an "A" Record and followed by an End of Payer "C" Record.

.06 An "A" Record may be blocked with "B" Records; however, the initial record on a file must be an "A" Record. IRS will accept an "A" Record after a "C" Record.

.07 All alpha characters entered in the "A" Record should be upper-case.

.08 When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A" Record will reflect the name of the recipient of the interest (the payer), referred to as the "payer" in these instructions. The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the interest (borrower/payer of record) and the amount paid.

               RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD

 

 

 Note: For all fields marked required, the payer must provide the

 

 information described under Description and Remarks. For fields not

 

 marked required, a payer must allow for the field but may be

 

 instructed to enter blanks or zeros in the indicated diskette

 

 position(s).

 

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence     1       Required. Must be a "1." It is

 

                                        used to sequence the sectors

 

                                        making up the "A" Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type         1       Required. Enter "A".

 

 

 3-4        Payment Year        2       Required. Enter "93" (Unless

 

                                        filing prior year data)

 

 

 5-7        Diskette Sequence   3       Sequence number assigned by

 

            Number                      the transmitter to each

 

                                        diskette starting with 001.

 

                                        The filer may enter blanks or

 

                                        zeros in this field. IRS

 

                                        bypasses this information.

 

                                        Indicate the proper sequence

 

                                        on the external label Form

 

                                        5064.

 

 

 8-16       Payer's TIN         9       Required. Must be the

 

                                        nine-digit number assigned to

 

                                        the payer. Do not enter

 

                                        blanks, hyphens, or alpha

 

                                        characters. All zeroes, ones,

 

                                        twos, etc., will have the

 

                                        effect of an incorrect TIN.

 

                                        For foreign corporations not

 

                                        required to have a TIN, this

 

                                        field may be blank; however,

 

                                        the Foreign Corporation

 

                                        Indicator, position 50,

 

                                        sector 1, of the "A" Record

 

                                        should be set to "1."

 

                                        (See Part A, Sec. 18 for

 

                                        the definition of a Foreign

 

                                        Corporation.)

 

 

 17-20      Payer Name         4        The Payer Name Control can be

 

            Control                     obtained only from the mail

 

                                        label on the  Package 1099

 

                                        which is mailed to most payers

 

                                        each December. To distinguish

 

                                        between the Package 1099 and

 

                                        the Magnetic Media Reporting

 

                                        (MMR) package, the Package

 

                                        1099 contains instructions for

 

                                        paper filing only and the mail

 

                                        label on the package contains

 

                                        a four (4) character name

 

                                        control. The MMR package

 

                                        contains instructions for

 

                                        filing magnetically/

 

                                        electronically only and the

 

                                        mail label does not contain a

 

                                        name control. Names of less

 

                                        than four (4) characters

 

                                        should be left-justified,

 

                                        filling the unused positions

 

                                        with blanks. If a payer has

 

                                        not received a Package 1099 or

 

                                        does not know their Payer Name

 

                                        Control, this field should be

 

                                        blank filled.

 

 

 21         Last Filing         1       Enter a "1" if this is the

 

            Indicator                   last year a payer will file;

 

                                        otherwise, enter blank.

 

                                        Use this indicator if, due to

 

                                        a merger, bankruptcy, etc., a

 

                                        payer will not be filing

 

                                        information returns under this

 

                                        payer name and TIN in the

 

                                        future either

 

                                        magnetically/electronically or

 

                                        on paper.

 

 

 22         Combined Federal/   1       Required for the Combined

 

            State Payer                 Federal/State filing program.

 

                                        Payer Enter "1" if

 

                                        participating in the Combined

 

                                        Federal/State Filing Program;

 

                                        otherwise, enter blank. Refer

 

                                        to Part A, Sec. 17, for

 

                                        further information. Forms

 

                                        1098, 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-S,

 

                                        and W-2G cannot be filed under

 

                                        this program.

 

 

 23         Type of Return      1       Required. Enter appropriate

 

                                        code from the table below:

 

 

                                        Type of Return            Code

 

 

                                        1098                         3

 

                                        1099-A                       4

 

                                        1099-B                       B

 

                                        1099-DIV                     1

 

                                        1099-G                       F

 

                                        1099-INT                     6

 

                                        1099-MISC                    A

 

                                        1099-OID                     D

 

                                        1099-PATR                    7

 

                                        1099-R                       9

 

                                        1099-S                       S

 

                                        5498                         L

 

                                        W-2G                         W

 

 

 24-32      Amount Code         9       Required. Enter the

 

                                        appropriate amount code for

 

                                        the type of return being

 

                                        reported. Generally, for each

 

                                        amount code entered in this

 

                                        field, a corresponding payment

 

                                        amount should appear in the

 

                                        Payee "B" Record. In most

 

                                        cases, the box numbers on

 

                                        paper information returns

 

                                        correspond with the amount

 

                                        codes used to file

 

                                        magnetically/electronically.

 

                                        However, if discrepancies

 

                                        occur, this revenue procedure

 

                                        governs.

 

 

      Example: If Sector 1, position 23 of the "A" Record is "7" (for

 

 1099-PATR) and positions 24-32 are "247bbbbbb" (b = blanks), this

 

 indicates that a payer may be reporting three Payment Amounts in all

 

 of the following "B" Records.

 

 

      The first Payment Amount field in the "B" Record will be all "0"

 

      (zeros);

 

      the second will represent Nonpatronage Distributions;

 

      the third will be all "0" (zeros);

 

      the fourth will represent Federal Income Tax Withheld;

 

      the fifth and sixth will be all "0" (zeros);

 

      the seventh will represent Energy Investment Credit; and,

 

      the eighth and ninth will be all "0" (zeros).

 

 

 Enter the Amount Codes in ascending sequence (i.e., 247bbbbbb, b =

 

 blanks) left-justify, filling unused positions with blanks. For

 

 further clarification of the Amount Codes, contact IRS/MCC.

 

 

 A Type of Return and an Amount Code must be present in every Payer

 

 "A" Record even if no money amounts are being reported.

 

 

 Note: For a detailed explanation of the information to be reported in

 

 each Amount Code, refer to the 1993 "Instructions for Forms 1099,

 

 1098, 5498, and W-2G."

 

 

 Amount Codes Form                      For Reporting Mortgage

 

 1098--Mortgage Interest                Interest Received from

 

 Statement                              Payer(s)/Borrower(s)

 

                                        (Payer of Record) on

 

                                        Form 1098:

 

 

                                        Amount

 

                                        Codes         Amount Type

 

 

                                        1        Mortgage interest

 

                                                 received from

 

                                                 payer(s)/borrower(s)

 

 

                                        2        Points paid directly

 

                                                 by

 

                                                 Payer(s)/borrower(s)

 

                                                 on purchase of

 

                                                 principal residences.

 

 

                                        3        Refund of overpaid

 

                                                 interest

 

 

 Amount Codes Form                      For Reporting the Acquisition

 

 1099-A--Acquisition or                 or Abandonment of Secured

 

 Abandonment of Secured                 Property on Form 1099-A:

 

 Property

 

                                        Amount

 

                                        Code          Amount Type

 

 

                                        2        Balance of principal

 

                                                 outstanding

 

 

                                        3        Gross foreclosure

 

                                                 proceeds

 

 

                                        4        Appraisal value

 

 

 Amount Codes Form                      For Reporting Payments on

 

 1099-B--Proceeds from Broker           Form 1099-B:

 

 and Barter Exchange

 

 Transactions                           Amount

 

                                        Code          Amount Type

 

 

                                        2        Stocks, bonds, et.

 

                                                 (For Forward

 

                                                 Contracts see Note.)

 

 

                                        3        Bartering. Do not

 

                                                 report negative

 

                                                 amounts.

 

 

                                        4        Federal income tax

 

                                                 withheld (Backup

 

                                                 Withholding). Do not

 

                                                 report negative

 

                                                 amounts.

 

 

                                        6        Profit or loss

 

                                                 realized in 1993.

 

 

                                        7        Unrealized profit or

 

                                                 loss on open

 

                                                 contracts--12/31/92.

 

 

                                        8        Unrealized profit or

 

                                                 loss on open

 

                                                 contracts--12/31/93.

 

 

                                        9        Aggregate profit or

 

                                                 loss.

 

 

 Note: The Payment Amount field associated with Amount Code 2 may be

 

 used to represent a loss when the reporting is for Forward Contracts.

 

 Refer to "B" Record -- General Field Descriptions, Payment Amount

 

 Fields, for instructions on reporting negative amounts.

 

 

 Amount Codes Form                      For Reporting Payments on

 

 1099-DIV--Dividends and                Form 1099-DIV:

 

 Distributions

 

                                        Amount

 

                                        Code          Amount Type

 

 

                                        1        Gross dividends and

 

                                                 other distributions

 

                                                 on stock (see Note)

 

 

                                        2        Ordinary dividends

 

                                                 (see Note)

 

 

                                        3        Capital gain

 

                                                 distributions

 

                                                 (see Note)

 

 

                                        4        Nontaxable

 

                                                 distributions

 

                                                 (if determinable)

 

                                                 (see Note)

 

 

                                        5        Investment expenses

 

                                                 (see Note)

 

 

                                        6        Federal income tax

 

                                                 withheld

 

                                                 (Backup Withholding)

 

 

                                        7        Foreign tax paid

 

 

                                        8        Cash liquidation

 

                                                 distributions

 

 

                                        9        Noncash liquidation

 

                                                 distributions (show

 

                                                 fair market value)

 

 

 Note: Amount Code 1 must be present (unless a payer is using Amount

 

 Codes 8 and 9 only) and must equal the sum of amounts reported in

 

 Amount Codes 2, 3, 4 and 5. If an amount is present for Amount code

 

 1, there must be an amount present for Amount Codes 2-5 as

 

 applicable.

 

 

 Amount Codes Form                      For Reporting Payments on

 

 1099-G--Certain Government             Form 1099-G:

 

 Payments

 

                                        Amount

 

                                        Code          Amount Type

 

 

                                        1        Unemployment

 

                                                 compensation

 

 

                                        2        State or local income

 

                                                 tax refunds, credits

 

                                                 or offsets

 

 

                                        4        Federal income tax

 

                                                 withheld

 

                                                 (Backup Withholding)

 

 

                                        5        Discharge of

 

                                                 indebtedness

 

 

                                        6        Taxable grants

 

 

                                        7        Agriculture payments

 

 

 Amount Codes Form                      For Reporting Payments on

 

 1099-INT--Interest Income              Form 1099-INT:

 

 

                                        Amount

 

                                        Code          Amount Type

 

 

                                        1        Interest income not

 

                                                 included in Amount

 

                                                 Code 3

 

 

                                        2        Early withdrawal

 

                                                 penalty

 

 

                                        3        Interest on U.S.

 

                                                 Savings Bonds and

 

                                                 Treasury obligations

 

 

                                        4        Federal Income Tax

 

                                                 withheld

 

                                                 (Backup Withholding)

 

 

                                        5        Foreign tax paid

 

 

 Amount Codes Form                      For Reporting Payments on

 

 1099-MISC--Miscellaneous               Form 1099-MISC:

 

 Income

 

                                        Amount

 

                                        Code          Amount Type

 

 

                                        1        Rents (see Note 1)

 

 

                                        2        Royalties

 

                                                 (see Note 2)

 

 

                                        3        Prizes, awards, etc.

 

 

                                        4        Federal income tax

 

                                                 withheld

 

                                                 (Backup Withholding)

 

 

                                        5        Fishing boat proceeds

 

 

                                        6        Medical and health

 

                                                 care payments

 

 

                                        7        Nonemployee

 

                                                 compensation or Crop

 

                                                 Insurance Proceeds

 

                                                 (see Note 3)

 

 

                                        8        Substitute payments

 

                                                 in lieu of dividends

 

                                                 or interest

 

 

                                        9        Golden Parachute

 

                                                 Payments

 

 

 Note 1: If reporting the Direct Sales indicator only, use Type of

 

 Return A (MISC) in pos. 23, and Amount Code 1 in pos. 24 of the Payer

 

 "A" record. All Payment Amount Fields in the Payee "B" record will

 

 contain zeros.

 

 

 Note 2: Do not report timber royalties under a "pay-as-cut" contract;

 

 these should be reported on Form 1099-S.

 

 

 Note 3: Amount Code "7" is normally used to report Nonemployee

 

 Compensation. However, Amount Code "7" may also be used to report

 

 Crop Insurance Proceeds. See positions 5-6, Sector 1, of the "B"

 

 Record for instructions. If Nonemployee Compensation and Crop

 

 Insurance Proceeds are being paid to the same payee, a separate "B"

 

 Record for each transaction is required.

 

 

 Amount Codes Form                      For Reporting Payments on

 

 1099-OID--Original Issue               Form 1099-OID:

 

 Discount

 

                                        Amount

 

                                        Code          Amount Type

 

 

                                        1      Original issue discount

 

                                               for 1993

 

 

                                        2      Other periodic interest

 

 

                                        3      Early withdrawal

 

                                               penalty

 

 

                                        4      Federal income tax

 

                                               withheld

 

                                               (Backup Withholding)

 

 

 Amount Codes Form                      For Reporting Payments on

 

 1099-PATR--Taxable                     Form 1099-PATR:

 

 Distributions Received From

 

 Cooperatives                           Amount        Amount Type

 

                                        Code

 

 

                                        1      Patronage dividends

 

 

                                        2      Nonpatronage

 

                                               distributions

 

 

                                        3      Per-unit retain

 

                                               allocations

 

 

                                        4      Federal income tax

 

                                               withheld

 

                                               (Backup Withholding)

 

 

                                        5      Redemption of

 

                                               nonqualified notices

 

                                               and retain allocations

 

 

                                        6      Investment credit

 

                                               (see Note)

 

 

                                        7      Energy investment

 

                                               credit (see Note)

 

 

                                        8      Jobs credit (see Note)

 

 

 Note: The amounts shown for Amount Codes 6, 7, and 8 must be reported

 

 to the payee; however, they need not be reported to IRS.

 

 

 Amount Codes Form                      For Reporting Payments on

 

 1099-R--Distributions From             Form 1099-R:

 

 Pensions, Annuities,

 

 Retirement or                          Amount

 

 Profit-Sharing Plans, IRAs,            Code          Amount Type

 

 Insurance Contracts, etc.

 

 (See Note 1)                           1      Gross distribution

 

                                               (see Note 2)

 

 

                                        2      Taxable amount

 

                                               (see Note 3)

 

 

                                        3      Amount in Amount

 

                                               Code 2 eligible for

 

                                               capital gain election

 

 

                                        4      Federal income tax

 

                                               withheld (see Note 4)

 

 

                                        5      Employee contributions

 

                                               or insurance premiums

 

 

                                        6      Net unrealized

 

                                               appreciation in

 

                                               employer's securities

 

 

                                        8      Other

 

 

                                        9      State or local income

 

                                               tax withheld

 

                                               (see Note 5)

 

 

 Note 1: Additional information may be required in the "B" Record.

 

 Refer to positions 45 thru 49, Sector 1, of the "B" Record.

 

 

 Note 2: If the payment shown for Amount Code 1 is a total

 

 distribution, enter a "1" in position 48, Sector 1, of the "B"

 

 Record.

 

 

 Note 3: If a distribution is a loss, do not enter a negative amount.

 

 For example, if stock is distributed but the value is less than the

 

 employee's after-tax contributions, enter the value of the stock in

 

 Amount Code 1, enter zero (0) in Amount Code 2, and enter the

 

 employee's contributions in Amount Code 5.

 

 

      If the taxable amount cannot be determined enter a "1" in

 

 position 49 of the "B" record. If a payer is reporting an IRA/SEP

 

 distribution, generally include the amount of the distribution in the

 

 Taxable Amount, Payment Amount field 2, pos. 62-71, and enter a "1"

 

 in the IRA/SEP Indicator field, position 45. A "1" may be entered in

 

 the Taxable Amount Not Determined Indicator field position 49 Sector

 

 1 of the "B" Record, but the amount of the distribution must still be

 

 reported in Payment Amount field 2. See the explanation for Box 2a of

 

 Form 1099-R in the 1993 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and

 

 W-2G" for exceptions to reporting the taxable amount.

 

 

 Note 4: See the 1993 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and

 

 W-2G" for further information concerning the definition of federal

 

 income tax withheld for Form 1099-R.

 

 

 Note 5: State or local income tax withheld has been added for the

 

 convenience of the payer but need not be reported to IRS.

 

 

 Amount Codes Form                      For Reporting Payments on

 

 1099-S--Proceeds from Real             Form 1099-S:

 

 Estate Transactions

 

 

                                        Amount

 

                                        Code          Amount Type

 

 

                                        2      Gross Proceeds

 

                                               (see Note)

 

 

                                        5      Buyer's part of real

 

                                               estate tax

 

 

 Note: Include payments of TIMBER royalties made under a "pay-as-cut"

 

 contract here. If timber royalties are being reported, enter "TIMBER"

 

 in the description field of the "B" Record. For more information, see

 

 Ann. 90-129, 1990-48, I.R.B. 10.

 

 

 Amount Codes Form                      For Reporting Payments on

 

 5498--Individual Retirement            Form 5498:

 

 Arrangement Information

 

 (See Note)                             Amount

 

                                        Code          Amount Type

 

 

                                        1      Regular IRA

 

                                               contributions made in

 

                                               1993 and 1994 for 1993

 

 

                                        2      Rollover IRA

 

                                               contributions

 

 

                                        3      Life insurance cost

 

                                               included in Amount

 

                                               Code 1

 

 

                                        4      Fair market value of

 

                                               the account

 

 

Note: For information regarding Inherited IRAs, refer to Rev. Proc. 89-52, 1989-2 C.B. 632. Beneficiary information must be given in the Payee Name Line of the "B" Record.

If reporting IRA contributions for a Desert Shield/Storm participant for other than 1993, enter "DS," the year for which the contribution was made, and the amount of the contribution in the Special Data Entries field of the "B" Record.

For further information concerning Inherited IRAs or Desert Shield/Storm participant reporting, refer to the 1993 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G," and Notice 91-17, 1991-1 C.B. 319.

 Amount Codes Form                      For Reporting Payments on

 

 W-2G--Certain Gambling                 Form W-2G:

 

 Winnings

 

                                        Amount

 

                                        Code          Amount Type

 

 

                                        1      Gross winnings

 

 

                                        2      Federal income tax

 

                                               withheld

 

 

                                        3      State income tax

 

                                               withheld (see Note)

 

 

                                        7      Winnings from identical

 

                                               wagers

 

 

 Note: State income tax withheld was added for the convenience of the

 

 payer but need not be reported to IRS.

 

 

 33         Test Indicator      1       Required. Enter "T" if this is

 

                                        a test file; otherwise, enter

 

                                        a blank.

 

 

 34         Service             1       Enter "1" if the payer used a

 

            Bureau                      service bureau to develop

 

            Indicator                   and/or transmit their files;

 

                                        otherwise, enter blank. See

 

                                        Part A, Sec. 18 for the

 

                                        definition of a Service

 

                                        Bureau.

 

 

 35-44      Blank              10       Enter blanks.

 

 

 45-49      Transmitter         5       Required. Enter the five

 

            Control Code                character alpha/numeric

 

            (TCC)                       Transmitter Control Code

 

                                        assigned by IRS. A payer must

 

                                        have a TCC to file data on

 

                                        this program. Do not enter

 

                                        more than one TCC per file.

 

 

 50         Foreign             1       Enter a "1" if the payer is a

 

            Corporation                 foreign corporation and income

 

            Indicator                   is paid by the corporation to

 

                                        a U.S. resident. (See Part A,

 

                                        Sec. 18 for the definition of

 

                                        a Foreign Corporation.) If the

 

                                        payer is not a Foreign

 

                                        Corporation, enter a blank.

 

                                        See Note.

 

 

 Note: If a payer erroneously reports entities as foreign, they may be

 

 subject to a penalty for providing incorrect information to IRS.

 

 Therefore, be sure to code only those records as foreign that should

 

 be coded.

 

 

 51-90      First Payer        40       Required. Enter the name of

 

            Name Line                   the payer whose TIN appears in

 

                                        Sector 1, position 8-16. Any

 

                                        extraneous information must be

 

                                        deleted. Left-justify and fill

 

                                        with blanks. (Do not enter a

 

                                        Transfer Agent's name in this

 

                                        field. Any Transfer Agent's

 

                                        name should appear in the

 

                                        Second Payer Name field.)

 

 

 Note: When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A"

 

 Record will reflect the name and EIN of the recipient of the interest

 

 (the payer). The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the

 

 interest (the payer of record) and the amount paid. For Form 1099-S,

 

 the "A" Record will reflect the person responsible for reporting the

 

 transaction and the "B" Record will reflect the seller/transferor.

 

 

 91-128     Blank              38       Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 

 1          Record Sequence     1       Required. Must be a "2." Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a payer record.

 

 

 2          Record Type         1       Required. Enter "A."

 

 

 3-42       Second Payer       40       If the Transfer Agent

 

            Name LIne                   Indicator Name Line

 

                                        (Sector 2, pos. 43) contains a

 

                                        "1," this field must contain

 

                                        the name of the transfer

 

                                        agent. If the indicator

 

                                        contains a "0" (zero), this

 

                                        field may contain either a

 

                                        continuation of the

 

                                        First Payer Name Line or

 

                                        blanks. Left-justify and fill

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

 

 43         Transfer            1       Required. Identifies the

 

            Agent                       entity in the Second Payer

 

            Indicator                   Name Line. (See Part A,

 

                                        Sec. 18 for a definition of

 

                                        Transfer Agent.)

 

 

                                        Code          Meaning

 

 

                                        1         The entity in the

 

                                                  Second Payer Name

 

                                                  field is the

 

                                                  Transfer Agent.

 

 

                                        0 (zero)  The entity shown is

 

                                                  not the Transfer

 

                                                  Agent (i.e., the

 

                                                  Second Payer Name

 

                                                  field contains

 

                                                  either a

 

                                                  continuation of the

 

                                                  First Payer Name

 

                                                  field or blanks).

 

 

 44-83      Payer              40       Required. If the transfer

 

            Shipping                    agent indicator in Sector 2,

 

            Address                     position 43 is a "1,"

 

                                        enter the shipping address of

 

                                        the Transfer Agent. Otherwise,

 

                                        enter the actual shipping

 

                                        address of the payer. Street

 

                                        address should include number,

 

                                        street, apartment or suite

 

                                        number (or P. O. Box if mail

 

                                        is not delivered to street

 

                                        address). Left-justify and

 

                                        fill with blanks.

 

 

 84-123     Payer City,        40       Required. If the Transfer

 

            State, and                  Agent indicator in Sector 2,

 

            Zip Code                    position 43 of this Record is

 

                                        a "1," enter the city, town,

 

                                        or post office, state and ZIP

 

                                        Code of the Transfer Agent

 

                                        Otherwise, enter the actual

 

                                        city, town, or post office,

 

                                        state and ZIP Code of the

 

                                        payer. Left-justify and

 

                                        fill with blanks.

 

 

 124-128    Blank               5       Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 3  Sectors 3 and 4 are only required if the payer and

 

           transmitter are not the same.

 

 

 1          Record Sequence     1       Required. Must be a "3." Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a payer record.

 

 

 2          Record Type         1       Required. Enter "A."

 

 

 3-82       Transmitter Name   80       Required if payer and

 

                                        transmitter are not the same.

 

                                        Enter the name of the

 

                                        transmitter in the manner in

 

                                        which it is used in normal

 

                                        business. The name of the

 

                                        transmitter must be reported

 

                                        in the same manner throughout

 

                                        the entire file. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill with blanks. If the

 

                                        payer and transmitter are the

 

                                        same this field may be blank.

 

 

 83-122     Transmitter        40       Required if payer and

 

            Mailing                     transmitter are not the same.

 

            Address                     Enter the mailing address

 

                                        of transmitter. Street address

 

                                        should include number, street,

 

                                        apartment or suite number

 

                                        (or P.O. Box if mail is not

 

                                        delivered to street address).

 

                                        Left-justify and fill with

 

                                        blanks. If the payer and

 

                                        transmitter are the same this

 

                                        field may be blank.

 

 

 123-128    Blank               6       Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 4   Sectors 3 and 4 are only required if the payer and

 

            transmitter are not the same.

 

 

 1          Record Sequence     1       Required. Must be a "4." Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a payer record.

 

 

 2          Record Type         1       Required. Enter "A."

 

 

 3-42       Transmitter City,  40       Required if the payer and

 

            State and                   transmitter are not the same.

 

            ZIP Code                    Enter the city, town, or post

 

                                        office, state and ZIP Code of

 

                                        the transmitter. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill with blanks. If the

 

                                        payer and transmitter are the

 

                                        same this field may be blank.

 

 

 43-128     Blank              86       Enter blanks.

 

 

SEC. 4 PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD LAYOUT

[Editor's note: These record layouts are graphic representations of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted because they provide no additional information and are not suitable for clear on-screen presentation.]

SEC. 5. PAYEE "B" RECORD--GENERAL INFORMATION FOR ALL FORMS

.01 This section contains the general information concerning the Payee "B" Record for all information returns filed on single sided/single density soft-sectored diskettes. For a detailed description of the record refer to the following in Part E:

(a) Sec. 6, PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR SECTORS 1 THROUGH 4 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTORS 1 THROUGH 3 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S AND W-2G.

(b) Sec. 7, PAYEE "B" RECORD LAYOUTS FOR SECTORS 1 THROUGH 4 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTORS 1 THROUGH 3 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S AND W-2G.

(c) Sec. 8, PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-A.

(d) Sec. 9, PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-B.

(e) Sec. 10, PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-OID.

(f) Sec. 11, PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-S.

(g) Sec. 12, PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM W-2G.

All "B" Records must consist of at least 3 sectors of 128 positions each. If a payer is not a Combined Federal/State payer or utilizing the Special Data Entries field, Sector 4 can be eliminated for Forms 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, and 5498.

The "B" Record will always consist of 4 Sectors for Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S, and W-2G.

In the "A" Record, the Amount Codes that appear in diskette positions 24 through 32 of Sector 1 will be left-justified and blank filled. In the "B" Record, allow for all nine payment amount fields. For those fields not used, enter zeros. For example, if a payer is reporting on Form 1099-PATR, enter a "7" in diskette position 23 of Sector 1 of the "A" Record, Type of Return field. If a payer is reporting payments for Amount Codes 2, 4, and 7, then diskette positions 24 through 32 of Sector 1 of the "A" Record will be "247bbbbbb" (b = blanks). In the "B" Record:

Positions 52 through 61 of Sector 1 for Payment Amount 1 will be zeros.

Positions 62-71 of Sector 1 will reflect the actual payment amount to be reported for "Nonpatronage distributions."

Positions 72-81 of Sector 1 for Payment Amount 3 will be zeros.

Positions 82-91 of Sector 1 will reflect the actual payment amount to be reported for "Federal income tax withheld."

Positions 92-111 of Sector 1 for Payment Amounts 5 and 6 will be zeros.

Positions 112-121 of Sector 1 will reflect the actual payment amount to be reported for "Energy Investment Credit."

Positions 3-22 of Sector 2 for Payment Amounts 8 and 9 will be zeros.

.02 The record layout for Sectors 1, 2 and 3 is the same for all "B" records. Sector 4, however, will be different for Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G. Refer to Part E, Sec. 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12, respectively for the layout of Sector 4 of these records.

.03 The following specifications include a field in the payee records called "Name Control" in which the first four characters of the payee's surname are to be entered by the payers.

.04 If payers are unable to determine the first four characters of the surname, the Name Control Field may be left blank; however, compliance with the following will facilitate IRS computer programs in generating the Name Control.

(a) The surname of the payee whose SSN is shown in the "B" Record should always appear first. If a payer enters the first name first, they must leave a blank space between the first and last names.

(b) In the case of multiple payees, only the surname of the payee whose TIN (SSN or EIN) is shown in the "B" Record must be present in the First Payee Name Line. Surnames of any other payees in the record may be entered in the Second Payee Name Line.

.05 See Part A, Sec. 15 for further information concerning Taxpayer Identification Numbers (TINs).

.06 A field is also provided in these specifications for Special Data Entries. This field may be used to record information required by state or local governments or for the payer's own personal use. IRS does not use the data provided in the Special Data Entries field; therefore, the IRS program does not check the content or format of the data entered in this field. It is the payer's choice whether or not this field is used. If this field is coded, it will not affect the processing of the "B" Records.

.07 Those payers participating in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program must adhere to specifications in Part A, Sec. 17, in order to participate in this program. Forms 1098, 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-S and W-2G cannot be filed under the Combined Federal/State Filing Program.

.08 All alpha characters entered in the "B" Record should be upper-case.

.09 Do not use decimal points (.) to indicate dollars and cents. Ten dollars must appear as 0000001000 in the payment amount field.

.10 IRS strongly encourages payers to review their data for accuracy before submission to prevent issuance of erroneous notices to persons for whom reports are filed. Payers should be especially careful that the names, TINs, account numbers, types of income, and income amounts are correct.

.11 When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A" Record will reflect the name and TIN of the recipient of the interest (the payer). The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the interest (Borrower/Payer of Record) and the amount paid. For Forms 1099-S, the "A" Record will reflect the person responsible for reporting the transaction and the "B" Record will reflect the seller/transferor.

SEC. 6. PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR SECTORS 1 THROUGH 4 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTORS 1 THROUGH 3 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S AND W-2G

For Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S, and W-2G, see Part D, Secs. 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12, respectively for the field descriptions and record layouts for Sector 4 of these records.

Note: For all fields marked required, a payer must provide the information described under Description and Remarks. For those fields not marked required, a payer must allow for the field but may be instructed to enter blanks or zeros in the indicated position(s) and for the indicated length.

                     RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence     1       Required. Must be a "1." It is

 

                                        used to sequence the sectors

 

                                        making up a payee Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type         1       Required. Enter "B."

 

 

 3-4        Payment Year        2       Required. Enter "93." (Unless

 

                                        records are for a prior year)

 

 

 5-6        Document            2       Required for Forms 1099-G,

 

            Specific/                   1099-MISC, 1099-R and W-2G.

 

            Distribution Code           For all other forms or if not

 

                                        used, enter blanks.

 

 

            Tax Year of Refund          For Form 1099-G, use only for

 

            (Form 1099-G only)          reporting the tax year for

 

                                        which the refund, credit, or

 

                                        offset was issued. Enter in

 

                                        position 5; position 6 must

 

                                        be blank.

 

 

                                        If the refund, credit or

 

                                        offset is not attributable to

 

                                        income tax from a trade or

 

                                        business, enter the numeric

 

                                        year from the table below for

 

                                        which the refund, credit, or

 

                                        offset was issued (e.g., for

 

                                        1992, enter 2).

 

 

                                        If the refund, credit, or

 

                                        offset is exclusively

 

                                        attributable to income from a

 

                                        trade or business, and is not

 

                                        of general application, enter

 

                                        the alpha equivalent of the

 

                                        year from the table below

 

                                        (e.g., for 1992, enter B).

 

 

                                           Year

 

                                         for Which    Year for Which

 

                                          General     Trade/Business

 

                                          Refund     Refund Was Issued

 

                                        was Issued  (Alpha Equivalent)

 

 

                                             1               A

 

                                             2               B

 

                                             3               C

 

                                             4               D

 

                                             5               E

 

                                             6               F

 

                                             7               G

 

                                             8               H

 

                                             9               I

 

                                             0               J

 

 

            Crop Insurance Proceeds     For Form 1099-MISC, enter a

 

            (Form 1099-MISC only)       "1" in position 5 if the

 

                                        payment reported for Amount

 

                                        Code 7 is Crop Insurance

 

                                        Proceeds. Position 6 must be

 

                                        blank.

 

 

            Distribution Code           For Form 1099-R, enter the

 

            (Form 1099-R only)          appropriate Distribution

 

            (For a detailed             Code(s). More than one may

 

            explanation of the          apply for Form 1099-R;

 

            distribution codes,         however, if only one code is

 

            see the 1993                required, it must be of the

 

            "Instructions for           distribution codes, entered in

 

            Forms 1099, 1098,           position 5 and 6 must be

 

            5498, and W-2G.")           blank. Enter at least one (1)

 

                                        Distribution Code. Blanks

 

                                        in both positions 5 and 6 are

 

                                        not acceptable.

 

 

                                        Enter the applicable code from

 

                                        the table that follows.

 

                                        Position 5 must contain

 

                                        a numeric code in all cases

 

                                        except when using D, E, F, G,

 

                                        H, or P Distribution Code A,

 

                                        B, or C when applicable must

 

                                        be entered in position 6 with

 

                                        the applicable numeric in

 

                                        position 5.

 

 

                                        When using Code P for an IRA

 

                                        distribution under section

 

                                        408(d)(4) of the Internal

 

                                        Revenue Code, a payer may also

 

                                        enter Code 1, if it applies.

 

 

                                        Only two numeric combinations

 

                                        are acceptable, codes 8 and 1,

 

                                        and codes 8 and 2, on one

 

                                        return. These two combinations

 

                                        can only be used if both codes

 

                                        apply to the distribution

 

                                        being reported. If more than

 

                                        one numeric code is applicable

 

                                        to different parts of a

 

                                        distribution, report two

 

                                        separate "B" records.

 

 

                                        Four distribution codes E, F,

 

                                        G, and H have been added.

 

                                        Distribution codes E and F

 

                                        cannot be used in conjunction

 

                                        with other codes. Distribution

 

                                        codes G and H may be used in

 

                                        conjunction with distribution

 

                                        code 4, if applicable.

 

                                        Refer to Announcement 93-20,

 

                                        1993-6, I.R.B. 65.

 

 

                                        Category                  Code

 

 

                                        Early (premature)        1 /*/

 

                                         distribution, no

 

                                         known exception

 

 

                                        Early (premature)        2 /*/

 

                                         distribution,

 

                                         exception applies

 

                                         (as defined in

 

                                         section 72(q), (t),

 

                                         or (v) of the

 

                                         Internal Revenue

 

                                         Code) other than

 

                                         disability or death

 

 

                                        Disability               3 /*/

 

 

                                        Death (includes          4 /*/

 

                                         payments to a

 

                                         beneficiary)

 

 

                                        Prohibited transaction   5 /*/

 

 

                                        Section 1035 exchange    6

 

 

                                        Normal distribution      7 /*/

 

 

                                        Excess contributions     8 /*/

 

                                         plus earnings/excess

 

                                         earnings/excess

 

                                         deferrals (and/or

 

                                         earnings) taxable

 

                                         in 1993

 

 

                                        PS 58 Costs              9

 

 

                                        Excess contributions     P /*/

 

                                         plus earnings/excess

 

                                         deferrals taxable

 

                                         in 1992

 

 

                                        Qualifies for            A

 

                                         5-10-year

 

                                         averaging

 

 

                                        Qualifies for death      B

 

                                         benefit exclusion

 

 

                                        Qualifies for both       C

 

                                         A and B

 

 

                                        Excess Contributions     D /*/

 

                                         plus earnings/excess

 

                                         deferrals taxable

 

                                         in 1990

 

 

                                        Excess annual            E

 

                                         additions under

 

                                         section 415

 

 

                                        Charitable gift annuity  F

 

 

                                        Direct rollover to IRA   G

 

 

                                        Direct rollover to       H

 

                                         qualified plan or

 

                                         tax-sheltered annuity

 

 

 /*/ If a payer is reporting an Individual Retirement Arrangement

 

 (IRA) or Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) distribution for Code 1,

 

 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, P or D they must code a "1" in position 45 of the

 

 "B" Record.

 

 

 Note: For detailed explanations of the distribution codes, see the

 

 1993 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G."

 

 

            Type of Wager               For Form W-2G, enter the

 

            (Form W-2G Only)            applicable code in position 5.

 

                                        Position 6 will be blank.

 

 

                                        Category                  Code

 

 

                                        Horse Race Track (or         1

 

                                         Off-Track Betting

 

                                         of a Horse Track

 

                                         nature)

 

 

                                        Dog Race Track (or           2

 

                                         Off-Track Betting

 

                                         of a Dog Track

 

                                         nature)

 

 

                                        Jai-alai                     3

 

 

                                        State Conducted Lottery      4

 

 

                                        Keno                         5

 

 

                                        Casino Type Bingo. Do        6

 

                                         not use this code

 

                                         for any other type of

 

                                         bingo winnings (e.g.,

 

                                         church or fire dept.)

 

 

                                        Slot Machines                7

 

 

                                        Any other type of            8

 

                                         gambling winnings.

 

                                         This includes Church

 

                                         Bingo, Fire Dept.

 

                                         Bingo, or unlabeled

 

                                         winnings.

 

 

 7          2nd TIN Notice      1       For Forms 1099-B, 1099-DIV,

 

                                        1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-

 

                                        OID, and 1099-PATR only.

 

 

                                        Enter "2" to indicate the

 

                                        payer was notified by IRS

 

                                        twice within 3 calendar

 

                                        years that the payee provided

 

                                        an incorrect name and/or TIN

 

                                        combination; otherwise, enter

 

                                        a blank.

 

 

 8          Corrected           1       Indicate a corrected return.

 

            Return

 

            Indicator                   Code          Definition

 

 

                                          G    If this is a one

 

                                               transaction correction

 

                                               or the first of a two

 

                                               transaction correction.

 

 

                                          C    If this is the second

 

                                               transaction of a

 

                                               two transaction

 

                                               correction.

 

 

                                        Blank  If this is not a return

 

                                               being submitted to

 

                                               correct information

 

                                               already processed

 

                                               by IRS.

 

 

 Note: C, G, and Non-coded records must be reported using separate

 

 Payer "A" Records. Refer to Part A, Sec. 14 for specific instructions

 

 on how to file corrected returns.

 

 

 9-12       Name Control        4       If determinable, enter the

 

                                        first four (4) characters of

 

                                        the surname of the person

 

                                        whose TIN is being reported

 

                                        in positions 16-24 of the "B"

 

                                        Record; otherwise, enter

 

                                        blanks. This is usually the

 

                                        payee. If the name that

 

                                        corresponds to the TIN is

 

                                        not included in the first or

 

                                        second payee name line and the

 

                                        correct name control is not

 

                                        provided, a backup withholding

 

                                        notice may be generated for

 

                                        the record. Surnames of less

 

                                        than four (4) characters

 

                                        should be left-justified,

 

                                        filling the unused positions

 

                                        with blanks. Special

 

                                        characters and imbedded blanks

 

                                        should be removed. In the case

 

                                        of a business, other than a

 

                                        sole proprietorship, use the

 

                                        first four significant

 

                                        characters of the business

 

                                        name. Disregard the word "the"

 

                                        when it is the first word of

 

                                        the name, unless there are

 

                                        only two words in the name.

 

                                        A dash (-) and ampersand (&)

 

                                        are the only acceptable

 

                                        special characters. Surname

 

                                        prefixes are considered part

 

                                        of the surname, e.g., for Van

 

                                        Elm, the name control would be

 

                                        VANE.

 

 

 Note: Although extraneous words, titles, and special characters are

 

 allowed (e.g., Mr., Mrs., Dr., apostrophe, or dash), this information

 

 may be dropped during subsequent IRS/MCC processing after data has

 

 been successfully processed.

 

 

 The following examples may be helpful to payers in developing the

 

 name control:

 

 

                                        NAME              NAME CONTROL

 

 

 Individuals:                           Jane Brown           BROW

 

                                        John A. Lee          LEE /*/

 

                                        James P. En, Sr.     EN /*/

 

                                        John O'Neill         ONEI

 

                                        Mary Van Buren       VANB

 

                                        Juan De Jesus        DEJE

 

                                        Gloria A. El-Roy     EL-R

 

                                        Mr. John Smith       SMIT

 

                                        Joe McCarthy         MCCA

 

                                        Pedro Torres-Lopes   TORR

 

                                        Maria Lopez

 

                                         Moreno /**/         LOPE

 

                                        Binh To La           LA /*/

 

                                        Nhat Thi Pham        PHAM

 

                                        Mark D'Allesandro    DALL

 

 

 Corporations:                          The First National

 

                                         Bank                FIRS

 

                                        The Hideaway         THEH

 

                                        A & B Cafe           A&BC

 

                                        11TH Street Inc.     11TH

 

 

 Sole Proprietor:                       Mark Hemlock DBA

 

                                         The Sunshine Club   HEML

 

 

 Partnership:                           Robert Aspen

 

                                         and Bess Willow     ASPE

 

                                        Harold Fir,

 

                                         Bruce Elm, and

 

                                        Joyce Spruce et

 

                                         al Ptr              FIR /*/

 

 

 Estate:                                Frank White Estate   WHIT

 

                                        Sheila Blue Estate   BLUE

 

 

                                        Daisy Corporation

 

                                         Employee

 

 Trusts and Fiduciaries:                Benefit Trust        DAIS

 

                                        Trust FBO The

 

                                         Cherryblossom

 

                                         Society             CHER

 

 

 Exempt Organization:                   Laborer's Union,

 

                                         AFL-CIO             LABO

 

                                        St. Bernard's

 

                                         Methodist Church

 

                                         Bldg. Fund          STBE

 

 

 /*/ Name Controls of less than four (4) significant characters must

 

 be left-justified and blank filled.

 

 

 /**/ For Hispanic names, when two last names are shown for an

 

 individual, derive the name control from the first last name.

 

 

 13         Direct Sales        1       1099-MISC only. Enter a "1" to

 

            Indicator                   indicate sales of $5,000 or

 

                                        more of consumer products to a

 

                                        person on a buy-sell,

 

                                        deposit-commission, or any

 

                                        other commission basis for

 

                                        resale anywhere other than in

 

                                        a permanent retail

 

                                        establishment. Otherwise,

 

                                        enter a blank.

 

 

 Note: If reporting Direct Sales only, use Type of Return A in pos. 23

 

 and, amount code 1 in pos. 24 of the Payer "A" record. All Payment

 

 Amount Fields in the Payee "B" record will contain zeros.

 

 

 14         Blank               2       Enter blanks.

 

 

 15         Type of TIN         1       This field is used to identify

 

                                        the Taxpayer Identification

 

                                        Number (TIN) in positions

 

                                        16-24 as either an Employer

 

                                        Identification Number (EIN)

 

                                        or a Social Security Number

 

                                        (SSN). Enter the appropriate

 

                                        code from the following table:

 

 

                                        Type of

 

                                          TIN    TIN   Type of Account

 

 

                                           1     EIN   A business,

 

                                                       organization,

 

                                                       or other

 

                                                       entity

 

 

                                           2     SSN   An individual

 

 

                                         blank   N/A   If the type

 

                                                       of TIN is

 

                                                       undeterminable,

 

                                                       enter a blank.

 

 

 16-24      Taxpayer            9       Required. Enter the nine digit

 

            Identification              Taxpayer Identification

 

            Number                      Number of the payee (SSN or

 

                                        EIN). If an identification

 

                                        number has been applied for

 

                                        but not received, enter

 

                                        blanks. Do not enter hyphens

 

                                        or alpha characters. All

 

                                        zeros, ones, twos, etc. will

 

                                        have the effect of an

 

                                        incorrect TIN.

 

 

 Note: IRS/MCC contacts payers who have submitted payee data with

 

 missing TINs in an attempt to prevent erroneous notices. Payers who

 

 submit data with missing TINs and have taken the required steps to

 

 obtain this information, are encouraged to attach a letter of

 

 explanation to the required Form 4804. This will prevent unnecessary

 

 contact from IRS/MCC.

 

 

 25-44      Payer's Account    20       Enter any number assigned by

 

            Number for Payee            the payer to the payee (e.g.,

 

                                        checking or savings account

 

                                        number). IRS/MCC encourages

 

                                        payers to use this field.

 

                                        This number helps to

 

                                        distinguish individual payee

 

                                        records and should be unique

 

                                        for each account. Do not use

 

                                        the payee's TIN since

 

                                        this will not make each record

 

                                        unique. This information is

 

                                        particularly useful when

 

                                        corrections are filed. This

 

                                        number will be provided with

 

                                        the Backup Withholding

 

                                        Notification from the IRS and

 

                                        may be helpful in identifying

 

                                        the branch or subsidiary

 

                                        reporting the transaction. Do

 

                                        not define data in this field

 

                                        in packed decimal format. If

 

                                        fewer than twenty characters

 

                                        are used, the payer may either

 

                                        left- or right-justify,

 

                                        filling the remaining

 

                                        positions with blanks.

 

 

 45         IRA/SEP Indicator   1       Form 1099-R only. Enter "1" if

 

            (See Note)                  reporting a distribution from

 

                                        an IRA or SEP; otherwise,

 

                                        enter a blank.

 

 

 Note: Generally, report the total amount distributed from an IRA or

 

 SEP in payment amount field 2 (Taxable Amount), as well as payment

 

 amount field 1 (Gross Distribution) of the "B" Record. A payer may

 

 indicate the taxable amount was not determined by using the Taxable

 

 Amount Not Determined Indicator (position 49) of the "B" Record;

 

 however, still report the amount distributed in payment amount field

 

 2.

 

 

 46-47      Percentage of       2       Form 1099-R only. Use this

 

            Total                       field when reporting a total

 

            Distribution                distribution to more than one

 

                                        person, such as when a

 

                                        participant dies and a payer

 

                                        distributes to two or more

 

                                        beneficiaries. If the

 

                                        percentage is 100, leave

 

                                        this field blank. If the

 

                                        percentage is a fraction,

 

                                        round off to the nearest

 

                                        whole number (for example,

 

                                        10.4 percent will be 10

 

                                        percent; 10.5 percent or more

 

                                        will be 11 percent). Enter the

 

                                        percentage received by

 

                                        the person whose TIN is

 

                                        included in positions 16-24 of

 

                                        the "B" Record. This field

 

                                        must be right-justified, and

 

                                        unused positions must be zero

 

                                        filled. If not applicable,

 

                                        enter blanks. A payer need not

 

                                        enter this information for IRA

 

                                        or SEP distributions.

 

 

 48         Total               1       Form 1099-R only. Enter a "1"

 

            Distribution                only if the payment shown for

 

            Indicator                   Amount Code 1 is a total

 

                                        distribution; otherwise, enter

 

                                        a blank.

 

 

 Note: A total distribution is one or more distributions within one

 

 tax year in which the entire balance of the account is distributed.

 

 Any distribution that does not meet this definition is not a total

 

 distribution.

 

 

 49         Taxable Amount      1       Form 1099-R only. Enter a "1"

 

            Not Determined              only if a payer cannot compute

 

            Indicator                   the taxable amount of the

 

                                        payment entered in Payment

 

                                        Amount Field 1 (Gross

 

                                        Distribution) of the "B"

 

                                        Record; otherwise, enter a

 

                                        blank. If the indicator is

 

                                        used, enter 0 (zeros) in

 

                                        Payment Amount Field 2 of the

 

                                        "B" Record. Please make every

 

                                        effort to compute the taxable

 

                                        amount.

 

 

 Note: If reporting an IRA/SEP Distribution for Form 1099-R, this

 

 indicator may be used. Generally, the amount of the distribution must

 

 be present in Payment Amount Field 2. Refer to the "1993, Instruction

 

 for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" for exceptions. Payers are

 

 instructed to enter numeric information in all payment amount fields

 

 when filing magnetically or electronically. However, when reporting

 

 information on the statement to recipient, the payer may be

 

 instructed to enter blanks. Follow the guidelines provided in the

 

 paper instructions for the statement to recipient.

 

 

 50-51      Blank               2       Enter blanks.

 

 

            Payment Amount              Required. Payers must allow

 

            Fields                      for all payment amounts. For

 

            (Must be numeric)           those not used, payers must

 

                                        enter zeros. For example: If

 

                                        position 23 of the "A" Record

 

                                        is "7" (for 1099-PATR) and

 

                                        positions 24-32 are

 

                                        "247bbbbbb", (b = blank), this

 

                                        indicates that a payer will

 

                                        be reporting three actual

 

                                        payment amounts in the

 

                                        following "B" Records.

 

 

                                        Payment Amount 1 will be all

 

                                        "0" (zeros), Payment Amount 2

 

                                        will represent Nonpatronage

 

                                        Distributions, Payment Amount

 

                                        3 will be all "0" (zeros),

 

                                        Payment Amount 4 will

 

                                        represent Federal income tax

 

                                        withheld, Payment Amounts 5

 

                                        and 6 will be all "0" (zeros),

 

                                        Payment Amount 7 will

 

                                        represent Energy Investment

 

                                        Credit, and Payment Amounts 8

 

                                        and 9 will be all "0" (zeros).

 

                                        Each payment field must

 

                                        contain 10 numeric characters

 

                                        (see Note). Each payment

 

                                        amount must be entered in U.S.

 

                                        dollars and cents. The

 

                                        rightmost two positions

 

                                        represent cents in the Payment

 

                                        Amount Fields. Do not enter

 

                                        dollar signs, commas, decimal

 

                                        points, or negative payments,

 

                                        except those items that

 

                                        reflect a loss on Form 1099-B.

 

                                        Positive and negative

 

                                        amounts are indicated by

 

                                        placing a "+" or "-" (minus

 

                                        sign) in the leftmost position

 

                                        of the payment amount field.

 

                                        A negative overpunch in the

 

                                        units position may be used,

 

                                        instead of a minus sign, to

 

                                        indicate a negative amount.

 

                                        If a plus sign, minus sign,

 

                                        or negative overpunch is not

 

                                        used, the number is assumed to

 

                                        be positive.

 

 

                                        Payment amounts must be

 

                                        right-justified and unused

 

                                        positions must be zero filled.

 

                                        Federal income tax withheld

 

                                        cannot be reported as a

 

                                        negative amount on any form.

 

 

                                        Note: If a payer is reporting

 

                                        a money amount in excess of

 

                                        9999999999 (dollars and

 

                                        cents), it must be reported as

 

                                        follows:

 

 

                                        (1) The first "B" Record must

 

                                        contain 9999999999.

 

 

                                        (2) The second "B" Record will

 

                                        contain the remaining money

 

                                        amounts. Do not split this

 

                                        figure in half.

 

 

 52-61      Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 1 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 1 in

 

                                        the "A" Record.

 

 

 62-71      Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 2 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 2 in

 

                                        the "A" Record.

 

 

 72-81      Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 3 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 3 in

 

                                        the "A" Record.

 

 

 82-91      Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 4 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 4 in

 

                                        the "A" Record.

 

 

 92-101     Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 5 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 5 in

 

                                        the "A" Record.

 

 

 102-111    Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 6 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 6 in

 

                                        the "A" Record.

 

 

 112-121    Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 7 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 7 in

 

                                        the "A" Record.

 

 

 122-128    Blank               7       Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 

 1          Record Sequence     1       Required. Must be a "2." It is

 

                                        used to sequence the sectors

 

                                        making up a payee record.

 

 

 2          Record Type         1       Required. Enter "B."

 

 

 3-12       Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 8 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 8 in

 

                                        the "A" Record.

 

 

 13-22      Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 9 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 9 in

 

                                        the "A" Record.

 

 

 /*/ If there are discrepancies between these Payment Amount Codes and

 

 the boxes on the paper forms, the instructions in this revenue

 

 procedure govern.

 

 

 23-42      Blank              20       Enter blanks.

 

 

 43         Foreign             1       If the address of the payee is

 

            Country                     in a foreign country, enter a

 

            Indicator                   "1" in this field; otherwise,

 

                                        enter blank. When using this

 

                                        indicator, payers may use a

 

                                        free format for the Payee

 

                                        City, State and ZIP Code.

 

                                        Address information must

 

                                        not appear in the First or

 

                                        Second Payee Name Lines.

 

 

 44-83      First Payee        40       Required. Enter the name of

 

            Name Line                   the payee (preferably surname

 

                                        first) whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number

 

                                        (TIN) was provided in Sector

 

                                        1, positions 16-24 of the "B"

 

                                        Record. Left-justify and fill

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        If more space is required for

 

                                        the name, utilize the Second

 

                                        Payee Name Line field. If

 

                                        there are multiple payees,

 

                                        only the name of the payee

 

                                        whose TIN has been provided

 

                                        should be entered in this

 

                                        field. The names of the other

 

                                        payees may be entered in the

 

                                        Second Payee Name Line field.

 

                                        If reporting information for a

 

                                        sole proprietor, the

 

                                        individual's name must always

 

                                        be present. The use of the

 

                                        business name is optional in

 

                                        the Second Payee Name Line.

 

 

 Note: When reporting Form 1098, "Mortgage Interest Statement," the

 

 "A" Record will reflect the name of the recipient of the interest

 

 (the payer). The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the

 

 interest (the borrower/payer of record) and the amount paid. For

 

 Forms 1099-S, the "B" Record will reflect the seller/transferor

 

 information.

 

 

      For Form 5498, "Inherited IRAs," enter the beneficiary's name

 

 followed by the word "beneficiary." For example, "Brian Young as

 

 beneficiary of Joan Smith" or something similar that signifies that

 

 the IRA was once owned by Joan Smith. Payers may abbreviate the word

 

 "beneficiary" as, for example, "benef." Refer to the 1993

 

 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G." The

 

 beneficiary's TIN should be reported in Sector 1, position 16-24 of

 

 the "B" Record.

 

 

 84-123     Second Payee       40       If there are multiple payees,

 

            Name Line                   (e.g., partners, joint owners,

 

                                        or spouses) use this field for

 

                                        those names not associated

 

                                        with the TIN provided in

 

                                        Sector 1, positions 16-24 of

 

                                        the "B" Record or if not

 

                                        enough space was provided in

 

                                        the First Payee Name Line

 

                                        continue the name in this

 

                                        field. Do not enter address

 

                                        information in this field. It

 

                                        is important that payers

 

                                        provide as much payee

 

                                        information to IRS as

 

                                        possible to identify the payee

 

                                        assigned the TIN.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. Fill

 

                                        with blanks if no entries are

 

                                        present for this field.

 

 

 124-128    Blank               5       Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 3

 

 

 1          Record Sequence     1       Required. Must be a "3." Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a payee Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type         1       Required. Enter "B."

 

 

 3-42       Payee              40       Required. Enter mailing

 

            Mailing                     address of payee. Street

 

            Address                     address should include

 

                                        number, street, apartment or

 

                                        suite number (or P. O. Box if

 

                                        mail is not delivered to

 

                                        street address). Left-justify

 

                                        and fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. This field must not

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        the payee's mailing address.

 

 

      For U.S. addresses, the Payee City, State, and ZIP Code must be

 

 reported as a 29, 2, and 9 position field. Enter information in the

 

 following order: city, province or state, postal code, and the name

 

 of the country. When reporting a foreign address, the Foreign Country

 

 Indicator in Sector 2, position 43 must contain a "1."

 

 

 43-71      Payee City         39       Required. Enter the city,

 

                                        town, or post office. Left-

 

                                        justify and fill the unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. Enter

 

                                        APO or FPO if applicable. Do

 

                                        not enter state and ZIP Code

 

                                        information in this field.

 

 

 72-73      Payee State         2       Required. Enter the valid U.S.

 

                                        Postal Service state

 

                                        abbreviations for states or

 

                                        the appropriate postal

 

                                        identifier (AA, AE, or AP)

 

                                        described in Part A, Sec. 19.

 

 

 74-82      Payee ZIP Code      9       Required. Enter the valid nine

 

                                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first five digits are

 

                                        known, left-justify and fill

 

                                        the unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. For foreign countries,

 

                                        alpha characters are

 

                                        acceptable as long as payers

 

                                        have entered a "1" in the

 

                                        Foreign Country Indicator

 

                                        field located in position 43

 

                                        of Sector 2 of the "B" Record.

 

 

 83-128     Blank              46       Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 4   The following field descriptions describe the record

 

            positions for Sector 4 of the "B" Record for Forms 1098,

 

            1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R,

 

            and 5498. If a payer is not a Combined Federal/State

 

            Payer, or if they are not utilizing the special data

 

            entries field, Sector 4 can be eliminated for all "B"

 

            Records except Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S, AND

 

            W-2G. See Part E, Secs. 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12 for the field

 

            descriptions for Section 4 of Forms 1099-A, 1099-B,

 

            1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G.

 

 

 1          Record Sequence     1       Required. Must be a "4." Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a payee Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type         1       Required. Enter "B."

 

 

 3-69       Special Data       67       This portion of the "B" Record

 

            Entries                     may be used to record

 

                                        information for state or local

 

                                        government reporting or for

 

                                        the payer's own purposes.

 

                                        Payers should contact their

 

                                        state or local revenue

 

                                        departments for filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not utilized, enter blanks.

 

 

 70-71      Combined            2       If this payee record is to be

 

            Federal/State Code          forwarded to a state agency as

 

                                        part of the Combined

 

                                        Federal/State Filing Program,

 

                                        enter the valid state code

 

                                        from Part A, Sec. 17, Table 1.

 

                                        For those payers or states not

 

                                        participating in this program,

 

                                        enter blanks.

 

 

 72-128     Blank              57       Enter blanks.

 

 

SEC. 7. PAYEE "B" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUTS FOR SECTORS 1 THROUGH 4 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTORS 1 THROUGH 3 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S, AND W-2G

[Editor's note: These record layouts are graphic representations of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted because they provide no additional information and are not suitable for clear on-screen presentation.]

SEC. 8. PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-A

.01 This section contains information pertaining to Sector 4 of Form 1099-A.

.02 See Part E, Sec. 6 for field descriptions of Sectors 1, 2 and 3 of the "B" Record for Form 1099-A.

.03 Form 1099-A cannot be filed under the Combined Federal/State Filing Program.

               RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD--Continued

 

                      FORM 1099-A--SECTOR 4 ONLY

 

 

 SECTOR 4

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence     1       Required. Must be a "4." Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a payee record.

 

 

 2          Record Type         1       Required. Enter "B."

 

 

 3-23       Special Data       21       This portion of the "B" Record

 

            Entries                     may be used to record

 

                                        information for state or local

 

                                        government reporting or for

 

                                        the payer's own purposes.

 

                                        Payers should contact their

 

                                        state or local revenue

 

                                        departments for their filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not utilized, enter blanks.

 

 

 24-29      Date of Lender's    6       Forms 1099-A only. Payers

 

            Acquisition                 should enter the acquisition

 

                                        date of the secured property

 

                                        or the date they first had

 

                                        reason to know the property

 

                                        was abandoned in the format

 

                                        MMDDYY (e.g., 102293). Do not

 

                                        enter hyphens or slashes.

 

 

 30         Liability           1       1099-A only. Enter the

 

            Indicator                   appropriate indicator from the

 

                                        table below:

 

 

                                        Indicator   Usage

 

 

                                            1       Borrower is

 

                                                    personally liable

 

                                                    for repayment of

 

                                                    the debt.

 

 

                                          Blank     Borrower is not

 

                                                    liable for

 

                                                    repayment of the

 

                                                    debt.

 

 

 31-69      Description        39       Form 1099-A only. Enter a

 

            of Property                 brief description of the

 

                                        property. For real property,

 

                                        enter the address, or if the

 

                                        address does not sufficiently

 

                                        identify the property, enter

 

                                        the section, lot, and block.

 

                                        For personal property, enter

 

                                        the type, make and model

 

                                        (e.g., Car--1993 Buick Regal

 

                                        or Office Equipment). Enter

 

                                        "CCC" for crops forfeited on

 

                                        Commodity Credit Corporation

 

                                        loans. If fewer than 39

 

                                        positions are required,

 

                                        left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks.

 

 

 70-128     Blank              59       Enter blanks.

 

 

      PAYEE "B" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-A

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 9. PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-B

.01 This section contains the general payment information for Sector 4 of Form 1099-B.

.02 See Part E, Sec. 6 for field descriptions for Sectors 1, 2, and 3 of the "B" Record for Form 1099-B.

.03 Form 1099-B cannot be filed under the Combined Federal/State Filing Program.

               RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD--Continued

 

                      FORM 1099-B--SECTOR 4 ONLY

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence     1       Required. Must be a "4." Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a payee record.

 

 

 2          Record Type         1       Required. Enter "B."

 

 

 3-12       Special            10       This portion of the "B" Record

 

            Data                        may be used to record

 

            Entries                     information for state or local

 

                                        government reporting or for

 

                                        the payer's own purposes.

 

                                        Payers should contact their

 

                                        state or local revenue

 

                                        departments for their filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not used, enter blanks.

 

 

 13         Gross               1       Form 1099-B only. Enter the

 

            Proceeds                    appropriate indicator from the

 

            Reported to IRS             following table; otherwise,

 

                                        enter blanks.

 

 

                                        Indicator   Usage

 

 

                                            1       Gross Proceeds

 

 

                                            2       Gross Proceeds

 

                                                    less commission

 

                                                    and option

 

                                                    premiums.

 

 

 14-19      Date of Sale        6       Form 1099-B only. For broker

 

                                        transactions, enter the trade

 

                                        date of the transaction in the

 

                                        format MMDDYY (e.g., 102293).

 

                                        For barter exchanges, enter

 

                                        the date, cash, property, a

 

                                        credit, or script is actually

 

                                        or constructively received.

 

                                        Enter blanks if this is an

 

                                        aggregate transaction. Do not

 

                                        enter hyphens or slashes.

 

 

 20-32      CUSIP Number       13       Form 1099-B only. For broker

 

                                        transactions only, enter the

 

                                        CUSIP (Committee on Uniform

 

                                        Security Identification

 

                                        Procedures) number of the item

 

                                        reported for Amount Code "2"

 

                                        (Stocks, bonds, etc.). Enter

 

                                        blanks if this is an aggregate

 

                                        transaction. Enter "0" (zeros)

 

                                        if the number is not

 

                                        available. Left-justify and

 

                                        blank fill unused positions.

 

 

 33-71      Description        39       Form 1099-B only. Enter a

 

                                        brief description of the item

 

                                        or services for which the

 

                                        proceeds or bartering are

 

                                        being reported. If fewer than

 

                                        39 characters are required,

 

                                        left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. For

 

                                        broker transactions, enter a

 

                                        brief description of the

 

                                        disposition item, (e.g., 100

 

                                        shares of XYZ Corp.). For

 

                                        regulated futures and forward

 

                                        contracts, enter "RFC" or

 

                                        other appropriate description

 

                                        and any amount subject to

 

                                        backup withholding. For

 

                                        bartering transactions show

 

                                        the services or property

 

                                        provided.

 

 

 Note: The amount withheld in these situations is to be included in

 

 Amount Code 4.

 

 

 72-128     Blank              57       Enter blanks.

 

 

      PAYEE "B" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-B

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 10. PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-OID

.01 This section contains information pertaining to Sector 4 of Form 1099-OID.

.02 See Part E, Sec. 6 for field descriptions of Sectors 1, 2 and 3 of the Payee "B" Record for Form 1099-OID.

      RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD FORM 1099-OID--SECTOR 4 ONLY

 

 

 SECTOR 4

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence     1       Required. Must be a "4." Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a payee record.

 

 

 2          Record Type         1       Required. Enter "B."

 

 

 3-30       Special Data       28       This portion of the "B" Record

 

            Entries                     may be used to record

 

                                        information for state or local

 

                                        government reporting or for

 

                                        the payer's own purposes.

 

                                        Payers should contact their

 

                                        state or local revenue

 

                                        departments for filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not utilized, enter blanks.

 

 

 31-69      Description        39       Required. Form 1099-OID only.

 

                                        Enter the CUSIP number, if

 

                                        any; if there is no CUSIP

 

                                        number, enter the abbreviation

 

                                        for the stock exchange and

 

                                        issuer, the coupon rate and

 

                                        year of maturity (e.g., NYSE

 

                                        XYZ 12 1/2 95). Show the name

 

                                        of the issuer if other than

 

                                        the payer. If fewer than 39

 

                                        characters are required,

 

                                        left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks.

 

 

 70-71      Combined            2       If a payee record is to be

 

            Federal/State               forwarded to a state agency as

 

            Code                        part of the Combined

 

                                        Federal/State Filing Program,

 

                                        enter the valid state code

 

                                        from Part A, Sec. 17, Table 1.

 

                                        For those payers or states not

 

                                        participating in this program,

 

                                        enter blanks.

 

 

 72-128     Blank              57       Enter blanks.

 

 

     PAYEE "B" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-OID

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 11. PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-S

.01 This section contains the general payment information for Sector 4 of Form 1099-S.

.02 See Part E, Sec. 6 for field descriptions for Sectors 1, 2 and 3 of the "B" Record for Form 1099-S.

.03 Form 1099-S cannot be filed under the Combined Federal/State Filing Program.

       RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD FORM 1099-S--SECTOR 4 ONLY

 

 

 SECTOR 4

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence     1       Required. Must be a "4." Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a Payee record.

 

 

 2          Record Type         1       Required. Enter "B."

 

 

 3-25       Special            23       This portion of the "B" Record

 

            Data                        may be used to record

 

            Entries                     information for state or local

 

                                        government reporting or for

 

                                        the payer's own purposes.

 

                                        Payers should contact their

 

                                        state or local revenue

 

                                        departments for filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not used, enter blanks.

 

 

 26-31      Date of Closing     6       Required. Form 1099-S only.

 

                                        Enter the closing date in the

 

                                        format MMDDYY (e.g., 102293).

 

                                        Do not enter hyphens or

 

                                        slashes.

 

 

 32-70      Address or Legal   39       Required. Form 1099-S only.

 

            Description                 Enter the address of the

 

                                        property transferred

 

                                        (including city, state, and

 

                                        ZIP Code). If the address does

 

                                        not sufficiently identify the

 

                                        property, also enter a legal

 

                                        description, such as section,

 

                                        lot, and block. For timber

 

                                        royalties, enter "Timber." If

 

                                        fewer than 39 positions are

 

                                        required, left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 71         Property or         1       Required. Form 1099-S only.

 

            Services Received           Enter "1" if the transferor

 

            or To Be Received           received or will receive

 

                                        property (other than cash and

 

                                        consideration treated as cash

 

                                        in computing gross proceeds)

 

                                        or services as part of the

 

                                        consideration for the property

 

                                        transferred. Also enter a "1",

 

                                        if the transferor may receive

 

                                        property (other than cash) or

 

                                        services to satisfy a debt

 

                                        having a stated principal

 

                                        amount, otherwise enter a

 

                                        blank.

 

 

 72-128     Blank              57       Enter blanks.

 

 

      PAYEE "B" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-S

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

When reporting Form 1099-S, the "B" Record will reflect the seller/transferor information.

SEC. 12. PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM W-2G.

.01 This section contains the general payment information for Sector 4 of Form W-2G.

.02 See Part E, Sec. 6 for field descriptions for Sectors 1, 2 and 3 of the "B" Record for Form W-2G.

.03 Form W-2G cannot be filed under the Combined Federal/State Filing Program.

        RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD FORM W-2G--SECTOR 4 ONLY

 

 

 SECTOR 4

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence     1       Required. Must be a "4." Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a payee record.

 

 

 2          Record Type         1       Required. Enter "B."

 

 

 3-8        Date Won            6       Form W-2G only. Enter the date

 

                                        of the winning event in the

 

                                        format MMDDYY (e.g., 102293).

 

                                        This is not the date the money

 

                                        was paid, if paid after the

 

                                        date of the race (or game). Do

 

                                        not enter hyphens or slashes.

 

 

 9-23       Transaction        15       Required. Form W-2G only. For

 

                                        state conducted lotteries,

 

                                        enter the ticket or other

 

                                        identifying number. For keno,

 

                                        bingo, and slot machines,

 

                                        enter the ticket or card

 

                                        number (and color, if

 

                                        applicable), machine serial

 

                                        number, or any other

 

                                        information that will help

 

                                        identify the winning

 

                                        transaction. All others,

 

                                        enter blank.

 

 

 24-28      Race                5       Form W-2G only. If applicable,

 

                                        enter the race (or game)

 

                                        applicable to the winning

 

                                        ticket. If no entry, enter

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 29-33      Cashier             5       Form W-2G only. If applicable,

 

                                        enter the initials of the

 

                                        cashier making the winning

 

                                        payment. If no entry, enter

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 34-38      Window              5       Form W-2G only. If applicable,

 

                                        the window number or location

 

                                        of the person paying the

 

                                        winnings. If no entry, enter

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 39-53      First ID           15       Form W-2G only. If applicable,

 

                                        the first identification

 

                                        number of the person receiving

 

                                        the winnings. If no entry,

 

                                        enter blanks.

 

 

 54-68      Second ID          15       Form W-2G only. If applicable,

 

                                        the second identification

 

                                        number of the person receiving

 

                                        the winnings. If no entry,

 

                                        enter blanks.

 

 

 69-128     Blank              60       Enter blanks.

 

 

       PAYEE "B" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM W-2G

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 13. END OF PAYER "C" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT

.01 The End of Payer "C" Record consists of 2 Sectors of 128 positions each. The Control Total fields are each 15 positions in length.

.02 The "C" Record consists of the total number of payees and the totals of the payment amount fields filed by a given payer and/or a particular type of return. The "C" Record must be written after the last "B" Record for each type of return for a given payer. For each "A" Record and group of "B" Records on the file, there must be a corresponding "C" Record.

.03 In developing the "C" Record, for example, if a payer used Amount Codes 1, 3 and 6 in the "A" Record, the totals from the "B" Records will appear in Control Totals 1, 3 and 6 of the "C" Record. In this example, positions 27-41, 57-86, and 102-116 of Sector 1 and positions 3-32 of Sector 2 would be zero filled.

.04 Payers/Transmitters must verify the accuracy of the totals since data with missing or incorrect "C" Records will be returned for replacement.

                 RECORD NAME: END OF PAYER "C" RECORD

 

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence     1       Required. Must be a "1." Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a payer record.

 

 

 2          Record Type         1       Required. Enter "C."

 

 

 3-8        Number of Payees    6       Required. Enter the total

 

                                        number of "B" Records covered

 

                                        by the preceding "A" Record.

 

                                        Right-justify and zero fill.

 

 

 9-11       Blank               3       Enter blanks.

 

 

 Required. Accumulate totals of any Payment Amount fields in the "B"

 

 Records into the appropriate Control Total fields of the "C" Record.

 

 Control totals must be right-justified and unused control total

 

 fields zero filled. All Control Total fields are 15 positions in

 

 length.

 

 

 12-26      Control            15

 

            Total 1

 

 27-41      Control            15

 

            Total 2

 

 42-56      Control            15

 

            Total 3

 

 57-71      Control            15

 

            Total 4

 

 72-86      Control            15

 

            Total 5

 

 87-101     Control            15

 

            Total 6

 

 102-116    Control            15

 

            Total 7

 

 

 117-128    Blank              12       Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 

 1          Record Sequence     1       Required. Must be a "2." Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a payer record.

 

 

 2          Record Type         1       Required. Enter "C."

 

 

 3-17       Control            15

 

            Total 8

 

 18-32      Control            15

 

            Total 9

 

 

 33-128     Blank              96       Enter blanks.

 

 

                END OF PAYER "C" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 14. STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT

.01 The State Totals "K" Record consists of 2 Sectors of 128 positions each. The Control Total fields are each 15 positions in length.

.02 The "K" Record is a summary for a given payer and a given state in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program. Use only when state reporting approval has been granted.

.03 The "K" Record will contain the total number of payees and the totals of the payment amount fields filed for a given payer for a given state. The "K" Record(s) must be written after the "C" Record for the related "A" Record.

.04 In developing the "K" Record, for example, if a payer used Amount Codes 1, 3, and 6 in the "A" Record, the totals from the "B" Records coded for this state will appear in Control Totals 1, 3, and 6 of the "K" Record.

.05 There must be a separate "K" Record for each state being reported.

.06 Refer to Part A, Sec. 17 for the requirements and conditions that must be met to file via this program.

                 RECORD NAME: STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD

 

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence     1       Required. Must be a "1." Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a payer record.

 

 

 2          Record Type         1       Required. Enter "K."

 

 

 3-8        Number of Payees    6       Required. Enter the total

 

                                        number of "B" Records being

 

                                        coded for this state.

 

                                        Right-justify and zero fill.

 

 

 9-11       Blank               3       Enter blanks.

 

 

      Required. Accumulate totals of any Payment Amount fields in the

 

 "B" Records (for each state being reported), into the appropriate

 

 Control Total fields of the appropriate "K" Record. Control totals

 

 must be right-justified and unused control total fields zero filled.

 

 All Control Total fields are 15 positions in length.

 

 

 12-26      Control            15

 

            Total 1

 

 27-41      Control            15

 

            Total 2

 

 42-56      Control            15

 

            Total 3

 

 57-71      Control            15

 

            Total 4

 

 72-86      Control            15

 

            Total 5

 

 87-101     Control            15

 

            Total 6

 

 102-116    Control            15

 

            Total 7

 

 

 117-128    Blank              12       Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 

 1          Record Sequence     1       Required. Must be a "2."

 

                                        Used to sequence the sectors

 

                                        making up a payer record.

 

 

 2          Record Type         1       Required. Enter "K."

 

 

 3-17       Control            15

 

            Total 8

 

 18-32      Control            15

 

            Total 9

 

 

 33-126     Blank              94       Enter blanks.

 

 

 127-128    Combined Federal/   2       Required. Enter the code

 

            State Code                  assigned to the state which is

 

                                        to receive the information.

 

                                        (Refer to Part A, Sec. 17,

 

                                        Table 1.)

 

 

                END OF PAYER "K" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 15. END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT

.01 The End of Transmission "F" Record consists of one 128-position Sector. The "F" Record is a summary of the number of payers in the entire file.

.02 This record should be written after the last "C" Record (or last "K" Record, when applicable) of the entire file.

              RECORD NAME: END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Type         1       Required. Enter "F."

 

 

 2-5        Number of "A"       4       Enter the total number of

 

            Records                     Payer/Transmitter "A" Records

 

                                        in the entire file (right

 

                                        -justify and zero fill) or

 

                                        enter all zeros.

 

 

 6-30       Zero               25       Enter zeros.

 

 

 31-128     Blank              98       Enter blanks.

 

 

            END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

PART F. DOUBLE DENSITY DISKETTE SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 1. GENERAL

.01 The specifications contained in this part of the revenue procedure define the required format and contents of the records to be included in a double density diskette file and must be strictly adhered to unless deviations have been specifically granted by IRS.

.02 IRS is considering eliminating 8-inch diskettes as an acceptable type of media in the future.

.03 To be compatible, a double density diskette file must meet the following specifications in total:

(a) 8-inches in diameter.

(b) Recorded in EBCDIC.

(c) Contains 77 cylinders (A cylinder refers to both of the tracks available to the read/write heads at any of the 77 locations on the double sided, double density diskette).

(1) Cylinder 00 is the index cylinder. The operating system reserves cylinder 00 for the directory information and writes the file name and location in the directory; data cannot be written in cylinder 00).

(2) Cylinders 1-74 are the primary data cylinders.

(3) Cylinders 75 and 76 are reserved for alternate cylinder assignment.

(d) Each track contains 26 sectors; therefore, each cylinder contains 52 sectors.

(e) Each sector must contain 256 bytes.

(f) Data must be recorded on both sides of the diskette.

(g) IRS can process single sided, single density, soft sectored diskettes as well as double sided, double density, soft sectored diskettes. Part E provides specifications for single density diskettes which have sectors of 128 bytes.

(h) An IBM 5360 compatible diskette would meet the above specifications. If using other processors, data should be recorded in the Basic Data Exchange (EBCDIC) format.

(i) Hard sectored diskettes are not compatible.

(j) A diskette should be clearly marked as to which type of data (double sided/double density) is on each diskette, and the entire file should consist of all double sided/double density diskettes.

.04 Exchange files are created through the Transfer command and Copyfile files are created through the Copy command. In order to do this, initialize the diskettes using the FORMAT parameter in the INIT procedure.

.05 Form 5064, Media Label, must be affixed to each diskette submitted for processing.

SEC. 2. DISKETTE HEADER LABEL

The following header label format applies to both single and double density diskettes.

The header label on the diskette must be located in track 0, sector 8 and must be formatted as shown in the following layout. If a filer's system automatically creates a header label, this is not necessary. If the file will consist of multiple diskettes, the Multi-Volume indicator (pos. 45) in the diskette header label must contain a "C".

                  Data Set (File)

 

                     Name (For Sector Beginning

 

  HDR1 Blank Transmitter's Blank Length Blank of Data

 

   (a) (b) Use) (b) (d) (b) (e)

 

                       (c)

 

---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

   1-4 5 6-13 14-22 23-27 28 29-33

 

 

          End of Bypass Data Set Write File

 

  Blank Data Blank Data Set Accessibility Protect Type

 

   (b) (f) (b) (g) (h) (i) (j)

 

---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

    34 35-39 40 41 42 43 44

 

 

                              Expiration

 

  Multi- Sequence Date Verify

 

  Volume Number Blank YYMMDD Mark Blank

 

   (k) (l) (b) (m) (n) (b)

 

-------------------------------------------------------------

 

    45 46-47 48-66 67-72 73 74

 

 

  Next Available

 

       Data

 

     Position

 

       (o)

 

------------------

 

      75-79

 

 

(a) Header 1--Positions 1 through 4; enter HDR1.

(b) Unused--Any field marked blank is unused and should contain only blanks.

(c) Data Set (File) Name--Positions 6 through 13; use this field to identify a filer's data set. The Data Set Name must begin with an alphabetic character. This name should be the same for every diskette in a file.

(d) Sector Length--Positions 23 through 27; enter the sector length 256 in positions 25-27 and fill positions 23 and 24 with zeros.

(e) Beginning of Data--Positions 29 through 33; enter the five-digit address designated for the first record of this data set, xx0yy (xx = track number, yy = sector number). For example, if the first record is in track 01, sector 02, enter 01002.

(f) End of Data--Positions 35 through 39; enter the five-digit address of the last position of the diskette reserved for this data set. For example, to reserve the entire diskette for a data set, enter 73026.

(g) Bypass Data Set--Position 41; this field is not accessed by IRS; any character is acceptable.

(h) Data Set Accessibility--Position 42; this field is not accessed by IRS; any character is acceptable.

(i) Write Protect--Position 43; this field defines the protected status of the associated data set. P = read only; blank = read/write. With P in this position, a filer can only select the Update (U) mode.

(j) Position 44, File Type, enter an "e" if to indicate an exchange file; otherwise, enter blank.

(k) Multi-Volume--Position 45; this field indicates that a complete data set is on a diskette. Blank = data set complete; C = data set continued on another diskette; L = last diskette of a multi-diskette data set.

(l) Sequence Number--Position 46 and 47--For Copyfile files only. Sequentially ascending numbers must be entered in every diskette header label.

(m) Expiration Date--Positions 67 through 72; may be used to contain the date that the data set expires, YYMMDD (YY = year, MM = month, DD = day). This field is not accessed by IRS; any characters are acceptable.

(n) Verify Mark--Position 73; this field is used to indicate the data set was verified. If verified enter V, if not enter a blank.

(o) Next Available Data Position--Positions 75-79. Enter the address of the next available position after End of Data (f). In positions 75 and 76 enter the track number, in position 77 enter a "0" (zero), and in positions 78-79 enter the sector number.

SEC. 3. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD--GENERAL INFORMATION

.01 The Payer/Transmitter "A" Record identifies the payer and transmitter of the diskette and provides parameters for the succeeding Payee "B" Records. IRS computer programs rely on the absolute relationship between the parameters and data fields in the "A" Record and the data fields in the "B" Records to which they apply.

.02 The number of "A" Records depends on the number of payers and the different types of returns being reported. The payment amounts for one payer for one type of return should be consolidated under one "A" Record if submitted on the same file.

.03 Do not submit separate "A" Records for each payment amount being reported. For example, if filing Form 1099-DIV to report Amount Codes 1, 2 and 3, all three amount codes must be reported under one "A" Record, not three separate "A" Records. For "B" Records that do not contain payment amounts for all three amount codes, enter zeros for those which have no amount to be reported.

.04 After the header label on the diskette, the first record appearing must be an "A" Record. Each "A" Record will consist of at least one 256 position sector; however, if a filer is transmitting for someone other than themselves, 2 sectors are required.

.05 A transmitter may include "B" Records for more than one payer on a diskette; however, each group of "B" Records must be preceded by an "A" Record and followed by an End of Payer "C" Record. A single diskette may contain different types of returns, but the returns must not be intermingled. A separate "A" Record is required for each payer and each type of return being reported.

.06 An "A" Record may be blocked with "B" Records; however, the initial record on a file must be an "A" Record. IRS will accept an "A" Record after a "C" Record.

.07 All alpha characters entered in the "A" Record should be uppercase.

.08 When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A" Record will reflect the name of the recipient of the interest (the filer) referred to as the "payer" in these instructions. The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the interest (Borrower/Payer of Record) and the amount paid.

               RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD

 

 

 Note: For all fields marked Required, filers must provide the

 

 information described under Description and Remarks. For fields not

 

 marked Required, filers must allow for the field but may be

 

 instructed to enter blanks or zeros in the indicated diskette

 

 position(s).

 

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence     1       Required. Must be "1." It is

 

                                        used to sequence the sectors

 

                                        making up an "A" Record.

 

 

 2          Record Type         1       Required. Enter "A."

 

 

 3-4        Payment Year        2       Required. Enter "93." (Unless

 

                                        filing prior year data)

 

 

 5-7        Diskette            3       Sequence number assigned by

 

            Sequence                    the transmitter to each

 

            Number                      diskette starting with 001.

 

                                        The filer may enter blanks or

 

                                        zeroes in this field. IRS

 

                                        bypasses this information.

 

                                        Indicate the proper sequence

 

                                        on the external label

 

                                        Form 5064

 

 

 8-16       Payer's TIN         9       Required. Must be the nine

 

                                        digit number assigned to the

 

                                        payer. Do not enter blanks,

 

                                        hyphens, or alpha characters.

 

                                        All zeroes, ones, twos, etc.

 

                                        will have the effect of an

 

                                        incorrect TIN. For foreign

 

                                        corporations not required to

 

                                        have a TIN, this field may be

 

                                        blank; however, the Foreign

 

                                        Corporation Indicator position

 

                                        50 Sector 1, of the "A" Record

 

                                        should be set to "1." (See

 

                                        Part A Sec. 18 for the

 

                                        definition of a Foreign

 

                                        Corporation.)

 

 

 17-20      Payer Name 4                The Payer Name Control can be

 

            Control                     obtained only from the mail

 

                                        label on the Package 1099

 

                                        which is mailed to most payers

 

                                        on record each December to

 

                                        distinguish between the

 

                                        Package 1099 and the Magnetic

 

                                        Media Reporting (MMR) package,

 

                                        the Package 1099 contains

 

                                        instructions for paper filing

 

                                        only and the mail label on the

 

                                        package contains a four (4)

 

                                        character name control. The

 

                                        MMR package contains

 

                                        instructions for filing

 

                                        magnetically or

 

                                        electronically. This mail

 

                                        label does not contain a name

 

                                        control. Names of less than

 

                                        four (4) characters should be

 

                                        left-justified, filling the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        If a Package 1099 has not been

 

                                        received or the Payer Name

 

                                        Control is unknown, this field

 

                                        should be blank filled.

 

 

 21         Last Filing         1       Enter a "1" if this is the

 

            Indicator                   last year a filer will file;

 

                                        otherwise, enter blank. Use

 

                                        Indicator this indicator if,

 

                                        due to a merger, bankruptcy,

 

                                        etc., filers will not be

 

                                        filing information returns

 

                                        under this payer name and TIN

 

                                        in the future either

 

                                        magnetically, electronically,

 

                                        or on paper.

 

 

 22         Combined            1       Required for the Combined

 

            Federal/State               Federal/State Filing Program.

 

            Filer                       Enter "1" if participating in

 

                                        the Combined Federal/State

 

                                        Filing Program; otherwise,

 

                                        enter blank. Refer to Part A,

 

                                        Sec. 17 for details. Forms

 

                                        1098, 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-S,

 

                                        and W-2G cannot be filed under

 

                                        this program.

 

 

 23         Type of Return      1       Required. Enter appropriate

 

                                        code from table below:

 

 

                                        Type of Return            Code

 

 

                                        1098                         3

 

                                        1099-A                       4

 

                                        1099-B                       B

 

                                        1099-DIV                     1

 

                                        1099-G                       F

 

                                        1099-INT                     6

 

                                        1099-MISC                    A

 

                                        1099-OID                     D

 

                                        1099-PATR                    7

 

                                        1099-R                       9

 

                                        1099-S                       S

 

                                        5498                         L

 

                                        W-2G                         W

 

 

 24-32      Amount Codes        9       Required. Enter the

 

                                        appropriate Amount code for

 

                                        the type of return being

 

                                        reported. For each amount code

 

                                        entered in this field,

 

                                        a corresponding payment

 

                                        amount should appear in the

 

                                        Payee "B" Record. In most

 

                                        cases, the box numbers on

 

                                        paper information returns

 

                                        correspond with the amount

 

                                        codes used to file

 

                                        magnetically or

 

                                        electronically. However, if

 

                                        discrepancies occur, this

 

                                        revenue procedure governs.

 

 

      Example: If Sector 1, position 23 of the "A" Record is "7" (for

 

 1099-PATR) and positions 24-32 are "247bbbbbb" (b = blanks), this

 

 indicates that 3 actual payment amounts may be reported in all of the

 

 following Payee "B" Records.

 

 

      The first payment amount field in the Payee "B" Record

 

 will be all "0" (zeros);

 

 

      the second will represent Nonpatronage Distributions;

 

 

      the third will be all "0" (zeros);

 

 

      the fourth will represent Federal Income Tax Withheld;

 

 

      the fifth and sixth will be all "0" (zeros);

 

 

      the seventh will represent Energy Investment Credit; and

 

 

      the eighth and ninth will be all "0" (zeros);

 

 

      Enter the Amount Indicators in ascending sequence (i.e.,

 

 247bbbbbb; b = blanks), left-justify, filling unused positions with

 

 blanks. For further clarification of the Amount Codes, contact

 

 IRS/MCC.

 

 

 Note: A Type of Return and an Amount Code must be present in every

 

 Payer "A" Record even if no money amounts are being reported. For a

 

 detailed explanation of the information to be reported in each Amount

 

 Code, refer to the 1993 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and

 

 W-2G."

 

 

 Amount Codes Form                      For Reporting Mortgage

 

 1098--Mortgage Interest                Interest Received from

 

 Statement                              Payer(s)/Borrower(s) (Payer

 

                                        of Record) on Form 1098:

 

 

                                        Amount

 

                                        Code          Amount Type

 

 

                                        1         Mortgage interest

 

                                                  received from

 

                                                  payer(s)/borrower(s)

 

 

                                        2         Points paid directly

 

                                                  by payer(s)/

 

                                                  borrower(s) on

 

                                                  purchase of

 

                                                  principal residence

 

 

                                        3         Refund of overpaid

 

                                                  interest

 

 

 Amount Codes Form                      For Reporting the Acquisition

 

 1099-A--Acquisition or                 or Abandonment of Secured

 

 Abandonment of Secured                 Property on Form 1099-A:

 

 Property

 

                                        Amount

 

                                        Code          Amount Type

 

 

                                        2         Balance of principal

 

                                                  outstanding

 

 

                                        3         Gross foreclosure

 

                                                  proceeds

 

 

                                        4         Appraisal value

 

 

 Amount Codes Form                      For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 1099-B--Proceeds from Broker           1099-B:

 

 and Exchange Transactions

 

                                        Amount

 

                                        Code          Amount Type

 

 

                                        2         Stocks, bonds, etc.

 

                                                  (For Forward

 

                                                  Contracts see Note.)

 

 

                                        3         Bartering (Do not

 

                                                  report negative

 

                                                  amounts)

 

 

                                        4         Federal income tax

 

                                                  withheld (Backup

 

                                                  Withholding) Do not

 

                                                  report negative

 

                                                  amounts.

 

 

                                        6         Profit or loss

 

                                                  realized in 1993

 

 

                                        7         Unrealized profit or

 

                                                  loss on open

 

                                                  contracts 12/31/92

 

 

                                        8         Unrealized profit or

 

                                                  loss on open

 

                                                  contracts 12/31/93

 

 

                                        9         Aggregate profit or

 

                                                  loss

 

 

 Note: The Payment Amount field associated with Amount Code 2 may be

 

 used to represent a loss when the reporting is for Forward Contracts.

 

 Refer to "B" Record--General Field Descriptions, Payment Amount

 

 Fields, for instructions on reporting negative amounts.

 

 

 Amount Codes Form                      For Reporting Payments on

 

 1099-DIV--Dividends and                Form 1099-DIV:

 

 Distributions

 

                                        Amount

 

                                        Code          Amount Type

 

 

                                        1         Gross dividends and

 

                                                  other distributions

 

                                                  on stock (see Note)

 

 

                                        2         Ordinary dividends

 

                                                  (see Note)

 

 

                                        3         Capital gain

 

                                                  distributions

 

                                                  (see Note)

 

 

                                        4         Nontaxable

 

                                                  distributions

 

                                                  (if determinable)

 

                                                  (see Note)

 

 

                                        5         Investment expenses

 

                                                  (see Note)

 

 

                                        6         Federal income tax

 

                                                  withheld

 

                                                  (Backup Withholding)

 

 

                                        7         Foreign tax paid

 

 

                                        8         Cash liquidation

 

                                                  distributions

 

 

                                        9         Noncash liquidation

 

                                                  distributions (show

 

                                                  fair market value)

 

 

 Note: Amount Code 1 must be present (unless filers are using Amount

 

 Codes 8 and 9 only) and must equal the sum of amounts reported in

 

 Amount Codes 2, 3, 4 and 5. If an amount is present for Amount Code

 

 1, there must be an amount present for Amount Codes 2-5 as

 

 applicable.

 

 

 Amount Codes Form                      For Reporting Payments on

 

 1099-G--Certain Government             Form 1099-G:

 

 Payments

 

                                        Amount

 

                                        Code          Amount Type

 

 

                                        1         Unemployment

 

                                                  compensation

 

 

                                        2         State or local

 

                                                  income tax refunds,

 

                                                  credits or offsets

 

 

                                        4         Federal income tax

 

                                                  withheld

 

                                                  (Backup Withholding)

 

 

                                        5         Discharge of

 

                                                  indebtedness

 

 

                                        6         Taxable grants

 

 

                                        7         Agriculture payments

 

 

 Amount Codes Form                      For Reporting Payments on

 

 1099-INT--Interest Income              Form 1099-INT:

 

 

                                        Amount

 

                                        Code          Amount Type

 

 

                                        1         Interest income not

 

                                                  included in Amount

 

                                                  Code 3

 

 

                                        2         Early withdrawal

 

                                                  penalty

 

 

                                        3         Interest on U.S.

 

                                                  Savings Bonds and

 

                                                  Treasury obligations

 

 

                                        4         Federal income tax

 

                                                  withheld

 

                                                  (Backup Withholding)

 

 

                                        5         Foreign tax paid

 

 

 Amount Codes Form                      For Reporting Payments on

 

 1099-MISC--Miscellaneous               Form 1099-MISC:

 

 Income

 

                                        Amount

 

                                        Code          Amount Type

 

 

                                        1         Rents (see Note 1)

 

 

                                        2         Royalties

 

                                                  (see Note 2)

 

 

                                        3         Prizes, awards, etc.

 

 

                                        4         Federal income tax

 

                                                  withheld

 

                                                  (Backup Withholding)

 

 

                                        5         Fishing boat

 

                                                  proceeds

 

 

                                        6         Medical and health

 

                                                  care payments

 

 

                                        7         Nonemployee

 

                                                  compensation or Crop

 

                                                  Insurance Proceeds

 

                                                  (see Note 3)

 

 

                                        8         Substitute payments

 

                                                  in lieu of dividends

 

                                                  or interest

 

 

                                        9         Golden Parachute

 

                                                  Payments

 

 

 Note 1: If reporting the Direct Sales Indicator only, use Type of

 

 Return A (MISC) in pos. 23, and Amount Code 1 in pos. 24 of the Payer

 

 "A" record. All Payment Amount Fields in the Payee "B" record will

 

 contain zeros.

 

 

 Note 2: Do not report timber royalties under a "pay-as-cut" contract;

 

 these should be reported on Form 1099-S.

 

 

 Note 3: Amount Code "7" is normally used to report Nonemployee

 

 Compensation. However, Amount Code "7" may also be used to report

 

 Crop Insurance Proceeds. See positions 5-6, Sector 1, of the "B"

 

 Record for instructions. If Nonemployee Compensation and Crop

 

 Insurance Proceeds are being paid to the same payee, a separate "B"

 

 Record for each transaction is required.

 

 

 Amount Codes Form                      For Reporting Payments on

 

 1099-OID--Original Issue               Form 1099-OID:

 

 Discount

 

                                        Amount

 

                                        Code          Amount Type

 

 

                                        1         Original issue

 

                                                  discount for 1993

 

 

                                        2         Other periodic

 

                                                  interest

 

 

                                        3         Early withdrawal

 

                                                  penalty

 

 

                                        4         Federal income tax

 

                                                  withheld

 

                                                  (Backup Withholding)

 

 

 Amount Codes Form                      For Reporting Payments on

 

 1099-PATR--Taxable                     Form 1099-PATR:

 

 Distributions Received

 

 from Cooperatives                      Amount

 

                                        Code          Amount Type

 

 

                                        1         Patronage dividends

 

 

                                        2         Nonpatronage

 

                                                  distributions

 

 

                                        3         Per-unit retain

 

                                                  allocations

 

 

                                        4         Federal income tax

 

                                                  withheld

 

                                                  (Backup Withholding)

 

 

                                        5         Redemption of

 

                                                  nonqualified notices

 

                                                  and retain

 

                                                  allocations

 

 

                                        6         Investment credit

 

                                                  (see Note)

 

 

                                        7         Energy investment

 

                                                  credit (see Note)

 

 

                                        8         Jobs credit

 

                                                  (see Note)

 

 

 Note: The amounts shown for Amount Indicators 6, 7, and 8 must be

 

 reported to the payee; however, they need not be reported to IRS.

 

 

 Amount Codes Form                      For Reporting Payments on

 

 1099-R--Distributions From             Form 1099-R:

 

 Pensions, Annuities,

 

 Retirement or Profit-Sharing           Amount

 

 Plans, IRAs, Insurance                 Code          Amount Type

 

 Contracts, etc. (See Note 1)

 

                                        1         Gross distribution

 

                                                  (see Note 2)

 

 

                                        2         Taxable amount

 

                                                  (see Note 3)

 

 

                                        3         Amount in Amount

 

                                                  Code 2 eligible for

 

                                                  capital gain

 

                                                  election

 

 

                                        4         Federal income tax

 

                                                  withheld

 

                                                  (see Note 4)

 

 

                                        5         Employee

 

                                                  contributions or

 

                                                  insurance premiums

 

 

                                        6         Net unrealized

 

                                                  appreciation in

 

                                                  employer's

 

                                                  securities

 

 

                                        8         Other

 

 

                                        9         State or local

 

                                                  income tax withheld

 

                                                  (see Note 5)

 

 

 Note 1: Additional information may be required in the "B" Record.

 

 Refer to positions 45 thru 49, Sector 1, of the "B" Record.

 

 

 Note 2: If the payment shown for Amount Code 1 is a total

 

 distribution, enter a "1" in position 48, Sector 1, of the "B"

 

 Record.

 

 

 Note 3: If a distribution is a loss, do not enter a negative amount.

 

 For example, if stock is distributed but the value is less than the

 

 employee's after-tax contributions, enter the value of the stock in

 

 Amount Code 1, enter zero (0) in Amount Code 2, and enter the

 

 employee's contributions in Amount Code 5.

 

 

      If the taxable amount cannot be determined enter a "1" in

 

 position 49 Sector 1 of the "B" Record. If a filer is reporting an

 

 IRA/SEP distribution, generally include the amount of the

 

 distribution in the Taxable Amount, Payment Amount 2, pos. 62-71 and

 

 enter a "1" in the IRA/SEP Indicator field, position 45. A "1" may be

 

 entered in the Taxable Amount Not Determined Indicator field position

 

 49 Sector 1 of the "B" Record, but the amount of the distribution

 

 must still be reported in Payment Amount field 2. See the explanation

 

 for Box 2a of Form 1099-R in the 1993 "Instructions for Forms 1099,

 

 1098, 5498, and W-2G" for exceptions to reporting the taxable amount.

 

 

 Note 4: See the 1993 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and

 

 W-2G" for further information concerning the definition of federal

 

 income tax withheld for Form 1099-R.

 

 

 Note 5: State or local income tax withheld has been added for the

 

 convenience of the payer but need not be reported to IRS.

 

 

 Amount Codes Form                      For Reporting Payments on

 

 1099-S--Proceeds From Real             Form 1099-S:

 

 Estate Transactions

 

                                        Amount

 

                                        Code          Amount Type

 

 

                                        2         Gross Proceeds

 

                                                  (see Note)

 

 

                                        5         Buyer's part of

 

                                                  real estate tax

 

 

Note: Include payments of TIMBER royalties made under a "pay-as-cut" contract here. For more information, see Ann. 90-129, 1990-48 I.R.B. 10. If timber royalties are being reported, enter "TIMBER" in the description field of the "B" Record.

 Amount Codes Form                      For Reporting Payments on

 

 5498--Individual Retirement            Form 5498:

 

 Arrangement Information

 

 (see notes)                            Amount

 

                                        Code          Amount Type

 

 

                                        1         Regular IRA

 

                                                  contributions made

 

                                                  in 1993 and 1994 for

 

                                                  1993

 

 

                                        2         Rollover IRA

 

                                                  contributions

 

 

                                        3         Life insurance cost

 

                                                  included in Amount

 

                                                  Code 1

 

 

                                        4         Fair market value of

 

                                                  the account

 

 

Note: For information regarding Inherited IRAs, refer to Rev. Proc. 89-52, 1989-2 C.B. 632. Beneficiary information must be given in the Payee Name Line of the "B" Record.

If reporting IRA contributions for a Desert Shield/Storm participant for other than 1993, enter "DS," the year for which the contribution was made, and the amount of the contribution in the Special Data Entries field of the "B" Record.

For further information concerning Inherited IRAs or Desert Shield/Storm participant reporting, refer to 1993 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G," and Notice 91-17, 1991-1 C.B. 319.

 Amount Codes Forms                     For Reporting Payments on

 

 W-2G -- Certain Gambling               Form W-2G:

 

 Winnings

 

                                        Amount

 

                                        Code          Amount Type

 

 

                                        1         Gross winnings

 

 

                                        2         Federal income tax

 

                                                  withheld

 

 

                                        3         State income tax

 

                                                  withheld (see Note)

 

 

                                        7         Winnings from

 

                                                  identical wagers

 

 

Note: State income tax withheld was added for the convenience of the payer but need not be reported to IRS.

 33         Test Indicator      1       Required. Enter "T" if this is

 

                                        a test file; otherwise, enter

 

                                        a blank

 

 

 34         Service Bureau      1       Enter "1" if a service bureau

 

            Indicator                   was used to develop and/or

 

                                        transmit files, otherwise,

 

                                        enter blank. See Part A, Sec.

 

                                        18 for the definition of a

 

                                        Service Bureau.

 

 

 35-44      Blank              10       Enter blanks.

 

 

 45-49      Transmitter         5       Required. Enter the five

 

            Control Code                character alpha/numeric

 

            (TCC)                       Transmitter Control Code

 

                                        assigned by IRS. A TCC must be

 

                                        obtained to file data on this

 

                                        program. Do not enter more

 

                                        than one TCC per file.

 

 

 50         Foreign             1       Enter a "1" if the payer is a

 

            Corporation                 foreign corporation And income

 

            Indicator                   is paid by the  corporation

 

                                        to a U.S. resident. (See Part

 

                                        A, Sec. 18 for the definition

 

                                        a Foreign Corporation.) If the

 

                                        payer is not a foreign

 

                                        corporation, enter a blank.

 

                                        See Note.

 

 

 Note: If payers erroneously report corporations as foreign, they may

 

 be subject to a penalty for providing incorrect information to IRS.

 

 Therefore, be sure to code only those records as foreign corporations

 

 that should be coded.

 

 

 51-90      First Payer        40       Required. Enter the name of

 

            Name Line                   the payer whose TIN appears in

 

                                        Sector 1, positions 8-16, in

 

                                        the manner in which it was

 

                                        used when the TIN was

 

                                        acquired. Any extraneous

 

                                        information must be deleted.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill with

 

                                        blanks. (Do not enter a

 

                                        Transfer Agent's name in this

 

                                        field. Any Transfer Agent's

 

                                        name should appear in the

 

                                        Second Payer Name field.)

 

 

 Note: When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A"

 

 Record will reflect the name and TIN of the recipient of the interest

 

 (the filer). The "B" Record will reflect the individualpaying the

 

 interest (the payer of record) and the amount paid. For Form 1099-S,

 

 the "A" Record will reflect the person responsible for reporting the

 

 transaction and the "B" Record will reflect the seller/transferor.

 

 

 91-130     Second Payer       40       If the Transfer Agent

 

            Name Line                   Indicator (Sector 1, pos. 131)

 

                                        contains a "1," this field

 

                                        must contain the name of the

 

                                        Transfer Agent. If the

 

                                        indicator contains a "0"

 

                                        (zero), this field may contain

 

                                        either a continuation of the

 

                                        First Payer Name Line or

 

                                        blanks. Left-justify and fill

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

 

 131        Transfer Agent      1       Required. Identifies the

 

            Indicator                   entity in the Second Payer

 

                                        Name Line field. (See Part

 

                                        Indicator A, Sec. 18 for a

 

                                        definition of Transfer Agent.)

 

 

                                        Code          Meaning

 

 

                                        1         The entity in the

 

                                                  Second Payer Name

 

                                                  Line field is the

 

                                                  Transfer Agent

 

 

                                        0 (zero)  The entity shown is

 

                                                  not the Transfer

 

                                                  Agent (i.e., the

 

                                                  Second Payer Name

 

                                                  Line field contains

 

                                                  either a

 

                                                  continuation of the

 

                                                  First Payer Name

 

                                                  Line field or

 

                                                  blanks).

 

 

 132-171    Payer Shipping     40       Required. If the transfer

 

            Address                     agent indicator in Sector 1,

 

                                        position 131 is a "1,"

 

                                        enter the shipping address of

 

                                        the Transfer Agent. Otherwise,

 

                                        enter the actual shipping

 

                                        address of the payer. Street

 

                                        address should include number,

 

                                        street, apartment or suite

 

                                        number (or P. O. Box if mail

 

                                        is not delivered to street

 

                                        address). Left-justify and

 

                                        fill with blanks.

 

 

 172-211    Payer City,        40       Required. If the transfer

 

            State, and                  agent indicator in Sector 1,

 

            ZIP Code                    position 131 is a "1,"

 

                                        enter the City, Town, or

 

                                        Post Office, State and ZIP

 

                                        Code of the Transfer

 

                                        Agent. Otherwise, enter the

 

                                        City, Town, or Post Office,

 

                                        State and ZIP Code of the

 

                                        payer. Left-justify and fill

 

                                        with blanks.

 

 

 212-256    Blank              45       Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2 -- Need only be used if the Payer and Transmitter are not

 

             the same.

 

 

 1          Record Sequence     1       Required. Must be "2." Used to

 

                                        sequence the sectors making up

 

                                        a payer record.

 

 

 2          Record Type         1       Required. Enter "A."

 

 

 3-82       Transmitter Name   80       Required if payer and

 

                                        transmitter are not the same.

 

                                        Enter the name of the

 

                                        transmitter in the manner in

 

                                        which it is used in normal

 

                                        business. The name of the

 

                                        transmitter must be reported

 

                                        in the same manner throughout

 

                                        the entire file. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill with blanks. If the

 

                                        payer and transmitter are the

 

                                        same, enter blanks in this

 

                                        field.

 

 

 83-122      Transmitter       40       Required if payer and

 

             Mailing                    transmitter are not the same.

 

             Address                    Enter the mailing address

 

                                        of the transmitter. Street

 

                                        address should include number,

 

                                        street, apartment or suite

 

                                        number (or P. O. Box if mail

 

                                        is not delivered to street

 

                                        address). Left-justify and

 

                                        fill with blanks. If the payer

 

                                        and transmitter are the same,

 

                                        enter blanks in this field.

 

 

 123-162    Transmitter City,  40       Required if the payer and

 

            State and                   transmitter are not the same.

 

            ZIP Code                    Enter the City, Town, or Post

 

                                        Office, State and ZIP Code of

 

                                        the transmitter. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill with blanks. If

 

                                        the payer and transmitter are

 

                                        the same, enter blanks in this

 

                                        field.

 

 

 163-256    Blank              94       Enter blanks.

 

 

SEC. 4. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT

[Editor's note: These record layouts are graphic representations of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted because they provide no additional information and are not suitable for clear on-screen presentation.]

SEC. 5. PAYEE "B" RECORD--GENERAL INFORMATION FOR ALL FORMS

.01 This section contains the general information concerning the Payee "B" Record for all information returns filed on double sided/double density soft-sectored diskettes. For a detailed description of the record refer to the following:

(a) Sec. 6. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR SECTORS 1 AND 2 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTOR 1 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S AND W-2G. (See Part E, Secs. 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12 for field descriptions for Sector 2 of Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G.)

(b) Sec. 7. PAYEE "B" RECORD LAYOUTS FOR SECTORS 1 AND 2 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTOR 1 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S AND W-2G.

(c) Sec. 8. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-A.

(d) Sec. 9. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-B.

(e) Sec. 10. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-OID.

(f) Sec. 11. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-S.

(g) Sec. 12. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM W-2G.

All "B" Records will consist of two sectors of 256 positions each.

In the "A" Record, the Amount Codes that appear in diskette positions 24 through 32 of Sector 1 will be left-justified and blank filled. In the "B" Record, allow for all nine payment amount fields and for those not used, enter zeros. For example, if a filer is reporting on Form 1099-PATR, you will enter a "7" in diskette position 23 of Sector 1 of the "A" Record, Type of Return field. If a filer is reporting payments for Amount Codes 2, 4 and 7, then diskette positions 24 through 32 of Sector 1 of the "A" Record will be "247bbbbbb" (b = blanks). In the "B" Record:

Positions 52 through 61 of Sector 1 for Payment Amount 1 will be zeros.

Positions 62-71 of Sector 1 will reflect the actual payment amount to be reported for "Nonpatronage Distributions."

Positions 72-81 of Sector 1 for Payment Amount 3 will be zeros.

Positions 82-91 of Sector 1 will reflect the actual payment amount to be reported for "Federal Income Tax Withheld."

Positions 92-111 of Sector 1 for Payment Amounts 5 and 6 will be zeros.

Positions 112-121 of Sector 1 will reflect the actual payment amount to be reported for "Energy Investment Credit."

Positions 122-141 of Sector 1 for Payment Amounts 8 and 9 will be zeros.

.02 The record layout for Sector 1 will be the same for all "B" Records. Sector 2, however, will be different for Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G. Refer to Part F, Secs. 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12 respectively for the record layouts for Sector 2 of these records.

.03 The following specifications include a field in the payee records called "Name Control" in which the first four characters of the payee's surname are to be entered by the payers.

.04 If payers are unable to provide the first four characters of the surname, the Name Control Field may be left Blank; however, compliance with the following will facilitate IRS computer programs in generating the Name Control.

(a) The surname of the payee whose SSN is shown in the "B" Record should always appear first. If filers enter the first name first, they must leave a blank space between the first and last names.

(b) In the case of multiple payees, only the surname of the payee whose TIN (SSN or EIN) is shown in the "B" Record, must be present in the First Payee Name Line. Surnames of any other payees in the record may be entered in the Second Payee Name Line.

.05 See Part A, Sec. 15 for further information concerning Taxpayer Identification Numbers (TINs).

.06 A field is also provided in these specifications for Special Data Entries. This field may be used to record information required by state or local governments or for the filer's own personal use.

IRS does not use the data provided in the Special Data Entries field; therefore, the IRS program does not check the content or format of the data entered in this field. Use of this field will not affect the processing of the "B" Records.

.07 Those payers participating in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program must adhere to specifications in Part A, Sec. 17, in order to participate in this program.

.08 All alpha characters entered in the "B" Record should be upper-case.

.09 Do not use decimal points (.) to indicate dollars and cents. Ten dollars must appear as 0000001000.

.10 IRS/MCC strongly encourages filers to review their data for accuracy before submission to prevent issuance of erroneous notices. Be careful that names, TINs, Account Numbers, types of income and income amounts are correct.

.11 When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A" Record will reflect the name and TIN of the recipient of the interest (the payer). The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the interest (the borrower/payer of record) and the amount paid. For Forms 1099-S, the "A" Record will reflect the person responsible for reporting the transaction. The "B" Record will reflect the seller/transferor.

SEC. 6. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR SECTORS 1 AND 2 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTOR 1 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S AND W-2G.

For Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G, see Part F, Secs. 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12 respectively for the field descriptions and record layouts for Sector 2 of these records.

Note: For all fields marked required, payers must provide the information described under Description and Remarks. For those fields not marked required, payers must allow for the field but may be instructed to enter blanks or zeros in the indicated diskette position(s) and for the indicated length.

                     RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence     1       Required. Must be a "1." It is

 

                                        used to sequence the sectors

 

                                        making up a payee record.

 

 

 2          Record Type         1       Required. Enter "B."

 

 

 3-4        Payment Year        2       Required. Enter "93." (Unless

 

                                        filing prior year data)

 

 

 5-6        Document            2       Required for Forms 1099-G,

 

            Specific/                   1099-MISC, 1099-R AND W-2G.

 

            Distribution Code           For all other forms, or if

 

                                        not used, enter blanks.

 

 

            Tax Year of Refund          For Form 1099-G, use only for

 

            (Form 1099-G only)          reporting the tax year for

 

                                        which the refund, credit or

 

                                        offset (amount code 2) was

 

                                        issued. Enter in position 5;

 

                                        position 6 will be blank.

 

 

                                        If the refund, credit or off-

 

                                        set is not attributable to

 

                                        income tax from a trade or

 

                                        business, enter the numeric

 

                                        year from the table below for

 

                                        which the refund, credit or

 

                                        offset was issued (e.g., for

 

                                        1992, enter 2).

 

 

                                        If the refund, credit or

 

                                        offset is exclusively

 

                                        attributable to income from a

 

                                        trade or business, and is not

 

                                        of general application, enter

 

                                        the alpha equivalent of the

 

                                        year from the table below

 

                                        (e.g., for 1992, enter B).

 

 

                                           Year

 

                                         for Which    Year for Which

 

                                          GENERAL     TRADE/BUSINESS

 

                                          Refund     Refund Was Issued

 

                                        was Issued  (Alpha Equivalent)

 

 

                                             1               A

 

                                             2               B

 

                                             3               C

 

                                             4               D

 

                                             5               E

 

                                             6               F

 

                                             7               G

 

                                             8               H

 

                                             9               I

 

                                             0               J

 

 

            Crop Insurance              For Form 1099-MISC, enter a

 

            Proceeds                    "1" in position 5 if the

 

            (Form 1099-MISC             payment reported for Amount

 

            only)                       Code 7 is Crop Insurance

 

                                        Proceeds. Position 6 must be

 

                                        blank.

 

 

            Distribution                For Form 1099-R, enter the

 

            Code (Form 1099-R)          appropriate Distribution

 

            (For detailed               Code(s). More than one

 

            explanations                code may apply for

 

            of distribution             Form 1099-R; however,

 

            codes, see the 1993         if only one code is

 

            "Instructions for           required, it MUST be entered

 

            Forms 1099, 1098,           in position 5 and position 6

 

            5498, and W-2G.")           will be blank. Enter at least

 

                                        Enter at least one (1)

 

                                        Distribution Code. Blanks in

 

                                        both positions 5 and 6 are not

 

                                        acceptable.

 

 

                                        Enter the applicable code from

 

                                        the table that follows. Posi-

 

                                        tion 5 must contain a numeric

 

                                        code in all cases except when

 

                                        using D, E, F, G, H, or P.

 

                                        Distribution Code A, B, C, G,

 

                                        or H when applicable, must be

 

                                        entered in position 6 with the

 

                                        applicable numeric code in

 

                                        position 5.

 

 

                                        When using Code P for an IRA

 

                                        distribution under section

 

                                        408(d)(4) of the Internal

 

                                        Revenue Code, filers may also

 

                                        enter Code 1, if it applies.

 

 

                                        Only two numeric combinations

 

                                        are acceptable, Codes 8 and 1,

 

                                        and Codes 8 and 2, on one

 

                                        return. These two combinations

 

                                        can only be used if both codes

 

                                        apply to the distribution

 

                                        being reported. If more than

 

                                        one numeric code is applicable

 

                                        to different parts of a

 

                                        distribution, report two

 

                                        separate "B" Records.

 

 

                                        Four distribution codes E, F,

 

                                        G, and H have been added.

 

                                        Distribution Codes E and F

 

                                        cannot be used in conjunction

 

                                        with other codes. Distribution

 

                                        Code G may be used in

 

                                        conjunction with Distribution

 

                                        Code 4, if applicable. Refer

 

                                        to Announcement 93-20, 1993-6

 

                                        I.R.B. 65.

 

 

                                        Category                  Code

 

 

                                        Early (premature)        1 /*/

 

                                         distribution, no known

 

                                         exception

 

 

                                        Early (premature)        2 /*/

 

                                         distribution, exception

 

                                         applies (as defined in

 

                                         section 72(q), (t), or

 

                                         (v) of the IR code)

 

                                         other than disability

 

                                         or death

 

 

                                        Disability               3 /*/

 

 

                                        Death (includes          4 /*/

 

                                         payments to a

 

                                         beneficiary)

 

 

                                        Prohibited transaction   5 /*/

 

 

                                        Section 1035 Exchange    6

 

 

                                        Normal distribution      7 /*/

 

 

                                        Excess contributions     8 /*/

 

                                         plus earnings/excess

 

                                         deferrals (and/or

 

                                         earnings) taxable

 

                                         in 1993

 

 

                                        PS 58 costs              9

 

 

                                        Excess contributions     P /*/

 

                                         plus earnings/excess

 

                                         deferrals (and/or

 

                                         earnings) taxable

 

                                         in 1992

 

 

                                        Qualifies for 5-10 year  A

 

                                         averaging

 

 

                                        Qualifies for death      B

 

                                         benefit exclusion

 

 

                                        Qualifies for            C

 

                                         both A and B

 

 

                                        Excess contributions     D /*/

 

                                         plus earnings/excess

 

                                         deferrals taxable

 

                                         in 1991

 

 

                                        Excess annual            E

 

                                         additions under

 

                                         section 415

 

 

                                        Charitable gift annuity  F

 

 

                                        Direct rollover to IRA   G

 

 

                                        Direct rollover          H

 

                                         to a qualified plan

 

                                         or tax-sheltered

 

                                         annuity

 

 

 /*/ If reporting an Individual Retirement Arrangement (IRA) or

 

 Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) distribution for Codes 1, 2, 3, 4,

 

 5, 7, 8, P or D code a "1" in Position 45 of the "B" Record.

 

 

 Note: For a detailed explanation of the distribution codes, see the

 

 1993 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G."

 

 

            Type of Wager               For Form W-2G, enter the

 

            (Form W-2G Only)            applicable code in position 5.

 

                                        Position 6 will be blank.

 

 

                                        Category                  Code

 

 

                                        Horse Race Track             1

 

                                         (or Off-Track Betting

 

                                         of a Horse Track

 

                                         nature)

 

 

                                        Dog Race Track               2

 

                                         (or Off-Tracking

 

                                         Betting of a Dog

 

                                         Track nature)

 

 

                                        Jai-alai                     3

 

 

                                        State Conducted Lottery      4

 

 

                                        Keno                         5

 

 

                                        Casino Type Bingo.

 

 

                                        Do Not use this              6

 

                                         code for any other

 

                                         type of bingo winnings

 

                                         (e.g., church or

 

                                         Fire Dept.)

 

 

                                        Slot Machines                7

 

 

                                        Any other type               8

 

                                         of gambling winnings.

 

                                         (This includes Church

 

                                         Bingo, Fire Dept. Bingo,

 

                                         or unlabeled winnings)

 

 

 7          2nd TIN Notice      1       For Forms 1099-B, 1099-DIV,

 

                                        1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-IOD,

 

                                        and 1099-PATR only.

 

 

                                        Enter "2" to indicate

 

                                        notification by IRS/MCC twice

 

                                        within 3 calendar years that

 

                                        the payee provided an

 

                                        incorrect name and/or TIN;

 

                                        otherwise, enter a blank.

 

 

 8          Corrected           1       Indicate a corrected return.

 

            Return

 

            Indicator                   Code     Definition

 

 

                                        G        If this is a one

 

                                                 transaction

 

                                                 correction or the

 

                                                 first of a two

 

                                                 transaction

 

                                                 correction.

 

 

                                        C        If this is the second

 

                                                 transaction of a two

 

                                                 transaction

 

                                                 correction.

 

 

                                        Blank    If this is not a

 

                                                 return being

 

                                                 submitted to correct

 

                                                 information already

 

                                                 processed by IRS.

 

 

 Note: C, G, and Non-coded records must be reported using separate

 

 Payer "A" Records. Refer to Part A, Sec. 14 for specific instructions

 

 on how to file corrected returns.

 

 

 9-12       Name Control        4       If determinable, enter the

 

                                        first four (4) characters of

 

                                        the surname of the person

 

                                        whose TIN is being reported in

 

                                        positions 16-24 of the "B"

 

                                        Record; otherwise, enter

 

                                        blanks. This is usually the

 

                                        payee. If the name that

 

                                        corresponds to the TIN

 

                                        is not included in the first

 

                                        or second payee name line and

 

                                        the correct name control is

 

                                        not provided, a backup

 

                                        withholding notice may be

 

                                        generated for the record.

 

                                        Surnames of less than

 

                                        four (4) characters should be

 

                                        left-justified, filling the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

 

                                        Special characters and

 

                                        imbedded blanks should be

 

                                        removed. In the case of a

 

                                        business, other than

 

                                        a sole proprietorship, use the

 

                                        first four significant

 

                                        characters of the business

 

                                        name. Disregard the word "the"

 

                                        when it is the first word of

 

                                        the name, unless there are

 

                                        only two words in the name. A

 

                                        dash (-) and an ampersand (&)

 

                                        are the only acceptable

 

                                        special characters. Surname

 

                                        prefixes are considered part

 

                                        of the surname, e.g., for Van

 

                                        Elm, the name control would be

 

                                        VANE.

 

 

 Note: Although extraneous words, titles, and special characters are

 

 allowed (i.e., Mr., Mrs., Dr., apostrophe, dash, etc.), this

 

 information may be dropped during subsequent IRS/MCC processing.

 

 

      The following examples may be helpful to filers in developing

 

 the Name Control:

 

                                        NAME              NAME CONTROL

 

 

 Individuals:                           Jane Brown           BROW

 

                                        John A. Lee          LEE /*/

 

                                        James P. En, Sr.     EN /*/

 

                                        John O'Neill         ONEI

 

                                        Mary Van Buren       VANB

 

                                        Juan De Jesus        DEJE

 

                                        Gloria A. El-Roy     EL-R

 

                                        Mr. John Smith       SMIT

 

                                        Joe McCarthy         MCCA

 

                                        Pedro Torres-Lopes   TORR

 

                                        Maria Lopez

 

                                         Moreno /**/         LOPE

 

                                        Binh To La           LA /*/

 

                                        Nhat Thi Pham        PHAM

 

                                        Mark D'Allesandro    DALL

 

 

 Corporations:                          The First National

 

                                         Bank                FIRS

 

                                        The Hideaway         THEH

 

                                        A & B Cafe           A&BC

 

                                        11TH Street Inc.     11TH

 

 

 Sole Proprietor:                       Mark Hemlock DBA

 

                                         The Sunshine Club   HEML

 

 

 Partnership:                           Robert Aspen

 

                                         and Bess Willow     ASPE

 

                                        Harold Fir,

 

                                         Bruce Elm, and

 

                                        Joyce Spruce et

 

                                         al Ptr              FIR /*/

 

 

 Estate:                                Frank White Estate   WHIT

 

                                        Sheila Blue Estate   BLUE

 

 

                                        Daisy Corporation

 

                                         Employee

 

 Trusts and Fiduciaries:                Benefit Trust        DAIS

 

                                        Trust FBO The

 

                                         Cherryblossom

 

                                         Society             CHER

 

 

 Exempt Organization:                   Laborer's Union,

 

                                         AFL-CIO             LABO

 

                                        St. Bernard's

 

                                         Methodist Church

 

                                         Bldg. Fund          STBE

 

 

 /*/ Name Controls of less than four (4) significant characters must

 

 be left-justified and blank filled.

 

 

 /**/ For Hispanic names, when two last names are shown for an

 

 individual, derive the name control from the first last name.

 

 

 13        Direct               1       1099-MISC only. Enter a "1" to

 

           Sales                        indicate a sale of $5,000 or

 

           Indicator                    more of consumer products to a

 

                                        person on a buy-sell,

 

                                        deposit-commission, or any

 

                                        other commission basis

 

                                        for resale anywhere other than

 

                                        in a permanent retail

 

                                        establishment; otherwise,

 

                                        enter a blank.

 

 

 Note: If reporting Direct Sales only, use Type of Return A in pos. 23

 

 and Amount Code 1 in pos. 24, of the Payer "A" record. All Payment

 

 Amount fields in the Payee "B" records will contain zeroes.

 

 

 14         Blank               1       Enter blanks.

 

 

 15         Type of TIN         1       This field is used to identify

 

                                        the Taxpayer Identification

 

                                        Number (TIN) in positions

 

                                        16-24 as either an Employer

 

                                        Identification Number (EIN) or

 

                                        a Social Security Number

 

                                        (SSN). Enter the appropriate

 

                                        code from the following table:

 

 

                                        Type of

 

                                          TIN    TIN   Type of Account

 

 

                                           1     EIN   A business,

 

                                                       organization,

 

                                                       or other

 

                                                       entity.

 

 

                                           2     SSN   An individual

 

 

                                         blank   N/A   If the type of

 

                                                       TIN is

 

                                                       undeterminable,

 

                                                       enter a blank.

 

 

 16-24      Taxpayer            9       Required. Enter the nine digit

 

            Identification              Taxpayer Identification Number

 

            Number                      of the payee (SSN or EIN, as

 

                                        appropriate). If an

 

                                        identification number has been

 

                                        applied for but not

 

                                        received, enter blanks. Do not

 

                                        enter hyphens or alpha

 

                                        characters. All zeroes, ones,

 

                                        twos, etc. will have the

 

                                        effect of an incorrect TIN.

 

 

 Note: IRS/MCC contacts payers who have submitted payee data with

 

 missing TINS in an attempt to prevent erroneous notices. Payers who

 

 submit data with missing TINS and have taken the required steps to

 

 obtain this information, are encouraged to attach a letter of

 

 explanation to the required Form 4804. This will prevent unnecessary

 

 contact from IRS/MCC.

 

 

 25-44      Payer's Account    20       Enter any number assigned by

 

            Number for Payee            the payer to the payee (e.g.,

 

                                        checking or savings account

 

                                        number). Filers are encouraged

 

                                        to use this field. This number

 

                                        will help to distinguish the

 

                                        individual payee's records and

 

                                        should be unique for each

 

                                        document. Do not use the payee

 

                                        TIN since this will not make

 

                                        each record unique. This

 

                                        information is particularly

 

                                        useful when corrections are

 

                                        filed. This number will be

 

                                        provided with the Backup

 

                                        Withholding notification

 

                                        from the IRS and may be

 

                                        helpful in identifying the

 

                                        branch or subsidiary reporting

 

                                        the transaction. Do not define

 

                                        data in this field in packed

 

                                        decimal format. If fewer than

 

                                        twenty characters are used,

 

                                        filers may either left- or

 

                                        right-justify, filling the

 

                                        remaining positions

 

                                        with blanks.

 

 

 45         IRA/SEP Indicator   1       Form 1099-R only. Enter "1" if

 

            (See Note)                  reporting a distribution from

 

                                        an IRA or SEP; otherwise,

 

                                        enter a blank.

 

 

 Note: Generally, report the total amount distributed from an IRA or

 

 SEP in Payment Amount Field 2 (Taxable Amount), as well as Payment

 

 Amount Field 1 (Gross Distribution) of the "B" Record. Indicate the

 

 taxable amount was not determined by using the Taxable Amount Not

 

 Determined Indicator (position 49) of the "B" Record; however, still

 

 report the amount distributed in Payment Amount Field 2.

 

 

 46-47      Percentage of       2       Form 1099-R only. Use this

 

            Total Distribution          field only when reporting a

 

                                        total distribution to more

 

                                        than one person, such as when

 

                                        a participant dies and filers

 

                                        distribute to two or more

 

                                        beneficiaries. If the

 

                                        percentage is 100, leave this

 

                                        field blank. If the percentage

 

                                        is a fraction, round off to

 

                                        the nearest whole number (for

 

                                        example, 10.4 percent will be

 

                                        10 percent; 10.5 percent or

 

                                        more will be 11 percent).

 

                                        Enter the percentage received

 

                                        by the person whose TIN

 

                                        is included in positions 16-24

 

                                        of the "B" Record. This field

 

                                        must be right-justified, and

 

                                        unused positions must be zero

 

                                        filled. If not applicable,

 

                                        enter blanks. Filers need not

 

                                        enter this information for IRA

 

                                        or SEP distributions.

 

 

 48         Total               1       Form 1099-R only. Enter a "1"

 

            Distribution                only if the payment shown for

 

            Indicator                   Amount Code 1 is a total

 

                                        distribution; otherwise, enter

 

                                        blank.

 

 

 Note: A total distribution is one or more distributions within one

 

 tax year in which the entire balance of the account is distributed.

 

 Any distribution that does not meet this definition is not a total

 

 distribution.

 

 

 49         Taxable Amount      1       Form 1099-R only. Enter a "1"

 

            Not Determined              only if filers cannot compute

 

            Indicator                   the taxable amount of the

 

                                        payment entered in Payment

 

                                        Amount Field 1 (Gross

 

                                        Distribution) of the "B"

 

                                        Record. If the indicator is

 

                                        used, enter 0 (zeros) in

 

                                        Payment Amount Field 2 of the

 

                                        "B" Record. Please make every

 

                                        effort to compute the taxable

 

                                        amount.

 

 

 Note: If reporting an IRA/SEP Distribution for Form 1099-R, this

 

 indicator may be used. Generally, the amount of the distribution must

 

 be present in Payment Amount Field 2. Refer to the 1993 "Instructions

 

 for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" for exceptions.

 

 

 Payers are instructed to enter numeric information in all payment

 

 amount fields when filing magnetically or electronically. However,

 

 when reporting information on the statement to recipient, the payer

 

 may be instructed to enter blanks. Follow the guidelines provided in

 

 the paper instructions for the statement to recipient.

 

 

 50-51      Blank               2       Enter blanks.

 

 

            Payment Amount              Required. Filers must allow

 

            fields (Must                for all payment amounts. For

 

            be numeric)                 those not used, you must enter

 

                                        zeros. For example: If

 

                                        position 23 of the "A" Record

 

                                        is "7" (for 1099-PATR) and

 

                                        positions 24-32 are

 

                                        "247bbbbbb" (b = blank), this

 

                                        indicates that filers will

 

                                        be reporting three actual

 

                                        payment amounts in the

 

                                        following "B" Records. Payment

 

                                        Amount 1 will be all "0"

 

                                        (zeros), Payment Amount 2 will

 

                                        represent Nonpatronage

 

                                        distributions, Payment Amount

 

                                        3 will be all "0" (zeros),

 

                                        Payment Amount 4 will

 

                                        represent Federal income tax

 

                                        withheld, Payment Amounts 5

 

                                        and 6 will be all "0" (zeros),

 

                                        Payment Amount 7 will

 

                                        represent Energy investment

 

                                        credit, and Payment Amounts 8

 

                                        and 9 will be all "0" (zeros).

 

                                        Each payment field must

 

                                        contain 10 numeric characters

 

                                        (see Note).

 

 

                                        Each payment amount

 

                                        must be entered in U.S.

 

                                        dollars and cents. The

 

                                        rightmost two positions

 

                                        represent cents in the

 

                                        payment amount fields. Do not

 

                                        enter dollar signs, commas,

 

                                        decimal points or negative

 

                                        payments, except those items

 

                                        that reflect a loss on Form

 

                                        1099-B.

 

 

                                        Positive and negative amounts

 

                                        are indicated by placing a "+"

 

                                        or "-" (minus sign) in the

 

                                        leftmost position of the

 

                                        payment amount field. A

 

                                        negative overpunch in the

 

                                        units position may be used,

 

                                        instead of a minus sign to

 

                                        indicate a negative amount. If

 

                                        a plus sign, minus sign, or

 

                                        negative overpunch is not

 

                                        used, the number is assumed

 

                                        to be positive. Payment

 

                                        amounts must be right-

 

                                        justified and unused positions

 

                                        must be zero filled. Federal

 

                                        income tax withheld cannot be

 

                                        reported as a negative amount

 

                                        on any form.

 

 

                                        Note: If filers are reporting

 

                                        a money amount in excess of

 

                                        9999999999 (dollars and

 

                                        cents), it must be reported as

 

                                        follows: (1) The first "B"

 

                                        Record must contain

 

                                        9999999999. (2) The second "B"

 

                                        Record will contain the

 

                                        remaining money amounts. Do

 

                                        not split this figure in half.

 

 

 52-61      Payment Amount     10       The amount reported in this

 

            1 /*/                       field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 1 in the

 

                                        "A" Record.

 

 

 62-71      Payment Amount     10       The amount reported in this

 

            2 /*/                       field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 2 in the

 

                                        "A" Record.

 

 

 72-81      Payment Amount     10       The amount reported in this

 

            3 /*/                       field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 3 in  the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 82-91      Payment Amount     10       The amount reported in this

 

            4 /*/                       field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 4 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 92-101     Payment Amount     10       The amount reported in this

 

            5 /*/                       field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 5 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 102-111    Payment Amount     10       The amount reported in this

 

            6 /*/                       field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 6 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 112-121    Payment Amount     10       The amount reported in this

 

            7 /*/                       field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 7 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 122-131    Payment Amount     10       The amount reported in this

 

            8 /*/                       field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 8 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 132-141    Payment Amount     10       The amount reported in this

 

            9 /*/                       field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 9 in the "A"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

 /*/ If there are discrepancies between these Payment Amount Codes and

 

 the boxes on the paper forms, the instructions in this revenue

 

 procedure govern.

 

 

 142-161    Blank              20       Enter blanks.

 

 

 162        Foreign             1       If the address of the payee is

 

            Country                     in a foreign country, enter a

 

            Indicator                   "1" in this field; otherwise,

 

                                        enter blank. When using this

 

                                        indicator, filers may use a

 

                                        free format for the Payee

 

                                        City, State, and ZIP Code.

 

                                        Address information must not

 

                                        appear in the First or Second

 

                                        Payee Name Lines.

 

 

 163-202    First Payee        40       Required. Enter the name of

 

            Name Line                   the payee (preferably surname

 

                                        first) whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number (TIN)

 

                                        appears in Sector 1, positions

 

                                        16-24 of the "B" Record.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. If more

 

                                        space is required for the

 

                                        name, utilize the Second Payee

 

                                        Name Line field. If there are

 

                                        multiple payees, only the name

 

                                        of the payee whose TIN has

 

                                        been provided should be

 

                                        entered in this field. The

 

                                        names of the other payees may

 

                                        be entered in the Second Payee

 

                                        Name Line. If reporting for a

 

                                        sole proprietor enter the

 

                                        individuals name. The business

 

                                        name is optional in the Second

 

                                        Payee Name Line.

 

 

 Note: When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A"

 

 Record will reflect the name of the recipient of the interest (the

 

 payer). The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the

 

 interest (the borrower/payer of record) and the amount paid. For

 

 Forms 1099-S, the "B" Record will reflect the seller/transferor

 

 information.

 

 

 Note: For Form 5498, Inherited IRAs, enter the beneficiary's name

 

 followed by word "beneficiary." For example, "Brian Young as

 

 beneficiary of Joan Smith" or something similar that signifies that

 

 the IRA was once owned by Joan Smith. Filers may abbreviate the word

 

 "beneficiary" as, for example, "benef." Refer to the 1993

 

 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G." The

 

 beneficiary's TIN should be reported in position 16-24 of the "B"

 

 Record.

 

 

 203-242    Second Payee       40       If there are multiple payees

 

            Name Line                   (e.g., partners, joint owners,

 

                                        or spouses) use this field for

 

                                        those names not associated

 

                                        with the TIN in positions

 

                                        16-24 of the "B" Record or if

 

                                        not enough space was provided

 

                                        in the First Payee Name

 

                                        Line, continue the name in

 

                                        this field. Do not enter

 

                                        address information in this

 

                                        field. It is important that

 

                                        filers provide as much payee

 

                                        information to IRS as possible

 

                                        to identify the owner of the

 

                                        TIN. Left-justify and fill

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Fill with blanks if no entries

 

                                        are present for this field.

 

 

 243-256    Blank              14       Enter blanks.

 

 

 SECTOR 2 -- FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC,

 

 1099-PATR, 1099-R AND 5498.

 

 

 See Part F, Secs. 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12 for field descriptions for

 

 Sector 2 of Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G.

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence     1       Required. Must be a "2." Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a payee record.

 

 

 2          Record Type         1       Required. Enter "B."

 

 

 3-42       Payee              40       Required. Enter mailing

 

            Mailing                     address of payee. Street

 

            Address                     address should include

 

                                        number, street, apartment or

 

                                        suite number (or P. O. Box if

 

                                        mail is not delivered to

 

                                        street address). Left-justify

 

                                        and fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. The address must be

 

                                        present. This field must not

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        the payee's mailing address.

 

 

 For U.S. address, the Payee City, Payee State, and Payee ZIP Code

 

 must be reported as a 29, 2, and 9 position fields, respectively. For

 

 foreign addresses, filers may use the Payee City, Payee State and

 

 Payee ZIP Code as a continuous 40 position field. Enter information

 

 in the following order: city, province or state, postal code, and the

 

 name of the country. When reporting a foreign address, the Foreign

 

 Country Indicator, Sector 1 position 162, must contain a "1."

 

 

 43-71      Payee City         29       Required. Enter the city,

 

                                        town, or post office.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Enter APO or FPO if

 

                                        applicable. Do not enter state

 

                                        and ZIP Code information

 

                                        in this field.

 

 

 72-73      Payee State         2       Required. Enter the valid U.S.

 

                                        Postal Service State

 

                                        abbreviation for the state

 

                                        or the appropriate postal

 

                                        identifier (AA, AE, or AP)

 

                                        described in Part A, Sec.

 

                                        19.

 

 

 74-82      Payee ZIP Code      9       Required. Enter the valid nine

 

                                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first five digits are

 

                                        known, left-justify and fill

 

                                        the unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. For foreign countries,

 

                                        alpha characters are

 

                                        acceptable as long as filers

 

                                        have entered a "1" in the

 

                                        Foreign Country Indicator

 

                                        field located in position 162

 

                                        of Sector 1 of the "B" Record.

 

 

 83-112     Blank              30       Enter blanks.

 

 

 113-179    Special Data       67       This portion of the "B" Record

 

            Entries                     may be used to record

 

                                        information for state or local

 

                                        government reporting or for

 

                                        the filer's own purposes.

 

                                        Payers should contact their

 

                                        state or local revenue

 

                                        departments for filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not utilized, enter blanks.

 

 

 180-181    Combined Federal/   2       If this payee record is to be

 

            State Code                  forwarded to a state agency as

 

                                        part of State Code the

 

                                        Combined Federal/State Filing

 

                                        Program, enter the valid state

 

                                        code from Part A, Sec. 17,

 

                                        Table 1. For those filers or

 

                                        states not participating in

 

                                        this program, enter blanks.

 

 

 182-256    Blank              75       Enter blanks.

 

 

SEC. 7. PAYEE "B" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUTS FOR SECTORS 1 AND 2 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTOR 1 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S AND W-2G.

See Part F, Secs. 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12 for the field descriptions and record layouts for Sector 2 of Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G.

[Editor's note: These record layouts are graphic representations of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted because they provide no additional information and are not suitable for clear on-screen presentation.]

SEC. 8. PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-A

.01 This section contains information pertaining to Sector 2 of Form 1099-A.

.02 See Part F, Sec. 6 for field descriptions for Sector 1 of the "B" Record for Form 1099-A.

.03 Form 1099-A cannot be filed under the Combined Federal/State Filing Program.

       RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD FORM 1099-A--SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence     1       Required. Must be a "2." Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a payee record.

 

 

 2          Record Type         1       Required. Enter "B."

 

 

 3-42       Payee Mailing      40       Required. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Street

 

                                        address should include

 

                                        number, street, apartment or

 

                                        suite number (or P. O. Box if

 

                                        mail is not delivered to

 

                                        street address). Left-justify

 

                                        and fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. The address must be

 

                                        present. This field must not

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        the payee's mailing address.

 

 

 For U.S. addresses, the payee City, State and ZIP Code must be

 

 reported as a 29, 2 and 9 position field, respectively. For foreign

 

 addresses, filers may use the payee City, State, and ZIP Code as a

 

 continuous 40 position field. Enter information in the following

 

 order: city, province or state, postal code, and the name of the

 

 country. When reporting a foreign address, the Foreign Country

 

 Indicator must contain a "1".

 

 

 43-71      Payee City         29       Required. Enter the city,

 

                                        town, or post office. Left-

 

                                        justify and fill the unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. Enter

 

                                        APO or FPO if applicable. Do

 

                                        not enter state and ZIP Code

 

                                        information in this field.

 

 

 72-73      Payee State         2       Required. Enter the valid U.S.

 

                                        Postal Service state

 

                                        abbreviation for the state or

 

                                        the appropriate postal

 

                                        identifier (AA, AE, or AP)

 

                                        described in Part A, Sec. 19.

 

 

 74-82      Payee ZIP Code      9       Required. Enter the valid 9

 

                                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first 5 digits are known,

 

                                        left-justify and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        For foreign countries, alpha

 

                                        characters are acceptable as

 

                                        long as filers have entered a

 

                                        "1" in the Foreign Country

 

                                        Indicator field, which is

 

                                        located in position 162 of

 

                                        Sector 1 of the "B" Record.

 

 

 83-112     Blank              30       Enter blanks.

 

 

 113-133    Special Data       21       This portion of the "B" Record

 

            Entries                     may be used to record

 

                                        information for state

 

                                        or local government reporting

 

                                        or for the filer's own

 

                                        purposes. Payers should

 

                                        contact their state or local

 

                                        revenue departments for their

 

                                        filing requirements. If this

 

                                        field is not utilized, enter

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 134-139    Date of Lender's    6       Required for Forms 1099-A

 

            Acquisition or              only. Enter the date of the

 

            Knowledge of                acquisition of the secured

 

            Abandonment                 property or the date filers

 

                                        first knew or had reason to

 

                                        know that the property was

 

                                        abandoned in the format MMDDYY

 

                                        (e.g., 102293). Do not enter

 

                                        hyphens or slashes.

 

 

 140        Liability           1       Form 1099-A only. Enter the

 

            Indicator                   appropriate indicator from

 

                                        the table below:

 

 

                                        Indicator     Usage

 

 

                                            1         Borrower is

 

                                                      personally

 

                                                      liable for

 

                                                      repayment of the

 

                                                      debt.

 

 

                                          Blank       Borrower is not

 

                                                      liable for

 

                                                      repayment of the

 

                                                      debt.

 

 

 141-179    Description of     39       Required for Form 1099-A only.

 

            Property                    Enter a brief description of

 

                                        the property. For

 

                                        real property, enter the

 

                                        address, or if the address

 

                                        does not sufficiently identify

 

                                        the property, enter the

 

                                        section, lot and block. For

 

                                        personal property, enter the

 

                                        type, make, and model (e.g.,

 

                                        Car-1993 Buick Regal or Office

 

                                        Equipment). Enter "CCC" for

 

                                        crops forfeited on Commodity

 

                                        Credit Corporation loans. If

 

                                        fewer than 39 positions are

 

                                        required, left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 180-256    Blank              77       Enter blanks.

 

 

      PAYEE "B" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-A

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 9 PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-B

.01 This section contains the general payment information for Sector 2 of Form 1099-B.

.02 See Part F, Sec. 6 for field descriptions for Sector 1 of the Payee "B" Record for Form 1099-B.

.03 Form 1099-B cannot be filed under the Combined Federal/State Filing Program.

                     RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

                      FORM 1099-B--SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence     1       Required. Must be a "2." Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a payee record.

 

 

 2          Record Type         1       Required. Enter "B."

 

 

 3-42       Payee Mailing      40       Required. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Street

 

                                        address should include number,

 

                                        street, apartment or suite

 

                                        number (or P. O. Box if mail

 

                                        is not delivered to street

 

                                        address). Left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. The address must be

 

                                        present. This field must not

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        the payee's mailing address.

 

 

 For U.S. addresses, the payee City, State and ZIP Code must be

 

 reported as a 29, 2, and 9 position field, respectively. For foreign

 

 addresses, filers may use the Payee City, Payee State and Payee ZIP

 

 Code as a continuous 40 position field. Enter information in the

 

 following order: city, province or state, postal code, and the name

 

 of the country. When reporting a foreign address, the Foreign Country

 

 Indicator, Sector 1 pos. 162, must contain a "1".

 

 

 43-71      Payee City         29       Required. Enter the city, town

 

                                        or post office. Left justify

 

                                        and fill the unused positions

 

                                        with blanks. Do not enter

 

                                        state and ZIP Code information

 

                                        in this field.

 

 

 72-73      Payee State         2       Required. Enter the valid U.S.

 

                                        Postal Service state

 

                                        abbreviation for the state or

 

                                        the appropriate postal

 

                                        identifier (AA, AE, or AP)

 

                                        described in Part A, Sec. 19.

 

 

 74-82      Payee ZIP           9       Required. Enter the valid 9

 

                                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first 5 digits are known,

 

                                        left-justify and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        For foreign countries, alpha

 

                                        characters are acceptable as

 

                                        long as filers have entered a

 

                                        "1" in the Foreign Country

 

                                        Indicator field, which is

 

                                        located in position 162 of

 

                                        Sector 1 of the "B" Record.

 

 

 83-112     Blank              30       Enter blanks.

 

 

 113-122    Special Data       10       This field may be used to

 

            Entries                     record information for state

 

                                        or local government reporting

 

                                        or for the filer's own

 

                                        purposes. Payers should

 

                                        contact their state or local

 

                                        revenue departments for their

 

                                        filing requirements. If this

 

                                        field is not utilized, enter

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 123        Gross Proceeds      1       Form 1099-B only. Enter the

 

            Reported to IRS             appropriate indicator from the

 

            Indicator                   following table; otherwise,

 

                                        enter blanks.

 

 

                                        Indicator     Usage

 

 

                                            1         Gross Proceeds

 

 

                                            2         Gross Proceeds

 

                                                       less commission

 

                                                       and option

 

                                                       premiums

 

 

 124-129    Date of Sale        6       Form 1099-B only. For broker

 

                                        transactions, enter the trade

 

                                        date of the transaction in the

 

                                        format MMDDYY (e.g., 102293).

 

                                        For barter exchanges, enter

 

                                        the date cash, property, a

 

                                        credit, or scrip is actually

 

                                        or constructively received.

 

                                        Enter blanks if this is an

 

                                        aggregate transaction. Do not

 

                                        enter hyphens or slashes.

 

 

 130-142    CUSIP Number       13       Form 1099-B only. For broker

 

                                        transactions only, enter the

 

                                        CUSIP (Committee on Uniform

 

                                        Security Identification

 

                                        Procedures) number of the item

 

                                        reported for Amount Code "2"

 

                                        (Stocks, bonds, etc.). Enter

 

                                        blanks if this is an aggregate

 

                                        transaction. Enter "0" (zeros)

 

                                        if the number is not available

 

                                        or applicable. For CUSIP

 

                                        numbers with less than 13

 

                                        characters, right-justify and

 

                                        fill the remaining positions

 

                                        with blanks.

 

 

 143-181    Description        39       Form 1099-B only. Enter a

 

                                        brief description of the item

 

                                        or services for which the

 

                                        proceeds or bartering is being

 

                                        reported. If fewer than 39

 

                                        characters are required,

 

                                        left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. For

 

                                        broker transactions, enter a

 

                                        brief description of the

 

                                        disposition item, (e.g., 100

 

                                        shares of XYZ Corp.). For

 

                                        regulated futures and forward

 

                                        contracts, enter "RFC" or

 

                                        other appropriate description

 

                                        and any amount subject to

 

                                        backup withholding. For

 

                                        bartering transactions, show

 

                                        the services or property

 

                                        provided.

 

 

 Note: The amount withheld in these situations is to be included in

 

 Amount Code 4.

 

 

 182-256    Blank              75       Enter blanks.

 

 

      PAYEE "B" RECORD-RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-B

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 10. PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-OID

.01 This section contains the general payment information for Sector 2 of Form 1099-OID.

.02 See Part F, Sec. 6 for field descriptions for Sector 1 of the "B" Record for Form 1099-OID.

      RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD FORM 1099-OID--SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence     1       Required. Must be a "2." Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a payee record.

 

 

 2          Record Type         1       Required. Enter "B."

 

 

 3-42       Payee Mailing      40       Required. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Street

 

                                        address should include number,

 

                                        street, apartment or suite

 

                                        number (or P. O. Box if mail

 

                                        is not delivered to street

 

                                        address). Left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. This field must not

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        the payee's mailing address.

 

 

 For U.S. addresses, the payee City, State, and ZIP Code must be

 

 reported as a 29, 2, and 9 position field, respectively. For foreign

 

 addresses, filers may use the payee City, State, and ZIP Code as a

 

 continuous 40 position field. Enter information in the following

 

 order: city, province or state, postal code, and the name of the

 

 country. When reporting a foreign address, the Foreign Country

 

 Indicator, Sector 1 position 162, must contain a "1".

 

 

 43-71      Payee City         29       Required. Enter the city,

 

                                        town, or post office.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Enter APO or FPO if

 

                                        applicable. Do not enter state

 

                                        and ZIP Code information in

 

                                        this field.

 

 

 72-73      Payee State         2       Required. Enter the valid U.S.

 

                                        Postal Service state

 

                                        abbreviation for states or the

 

                                        appropriate postal identifier

 

                                        (AA, AE, or AP) as described

 

                                        in Part A, Sec. 19.

 

 

 74-82      Payee ZIP Code      9       Required. Enter the valid nine

 

                                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first five digits are

 

                                        known, left-justify and fill

 

                                        the unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. For foreign countries,

 

                                        alpha characters are

 

                                        acceptable as long as filers

 

                                        have entered a "1" in the

 

                                        Foreign Country Indicator

 

                                        field, which is located in

 

                                        position 162 of Sector 1 of

 

                                        the "B" Record.

 

 

 83-112     Blank              30       Enter blanks.

 

 

 113-140    Special Data       28       This field may be used to

 

            Entries                     record information for state

 

                                        or local government reporting

 

                                        or for the filer's own

 

                                        purposes. Payers should

 

                                        contact their state or local

 

                                        revenue departments for filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not utilized, enter blanks.

 

 

 141-179    Description        39       Required for Form 1099-OID

 

                                        only. Enter the CUSIP number.

 

                                        If there is no CUSIP number,

 

                                        enter the abbreviation for the

 

                                        stock exchange and issuer, the

 

                                        coupon rate and year of

 

                                        maturity (e.g., NYSE XYZ

 

                                        12 1/2 95). Show the name of

 

                                        the issuer if other than

 

                                        the payer. If fewer than 39

 

                                        characters are required,

 

                                        left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks.

 

 

 180-181    Combined Federal/   2       If a payee record is to be

 

            State Code                  forwarded to a state agency as

 

                                        part of the Combined

 

                                        Federal/State Filing

 

                                        Program, enter the valid state

 

                                        code from Part A, Sec. 17,

 

                                        Table 1. For those filers or

 

                                        states not participating in

 

                                        this program, enter blanks.

 

 

 182-256    Blank              75       Enter blanks.

 

 

    PAYEE "B" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-OID

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 11. PAYEE "B" RECORD -- FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-S

.01 This section contains the general payment information for Sector 2 of Form 1099-S.

.02 See Part F, Sec. 6 for field descriptions for Sector 1 of the Payee "B" Record for Forms 1099-S.

.03 Form 1099-S cannot be filed under the Combined Federal/State Filing Program.

                     RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

                      FORM 1099-S--SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 

 1          Record Sequence     1       Required. Must be a "2." Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a payee record.

 

 

 2          Record Type         1       Required. Enter "B."

 

 

 3-42       Payee Mailing      40       Required. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Street

 

                                        address should include number,

 

                                        street, apartment or suite

 

                                        number (or P. O. Box if mail

 

                                        is not delivered to street

 

                                        address). Left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. This field must not

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        the payee's mailing address.

 

 

 For U.S. addresses, the payee City, State, and ZIP Code must be

 

 reported as a 29, 2, and 9 position field, respectively. For foreign

 

 addresses, filers may use the payee City, State, and ZIP Code as a

 

 continuous 40 position field. Enter information in the following

 

 order: city, province or state, postal code, and the name of the

 

 country. When reporting a foreign address, the Foreign Country

 

 Indicator, Sector 1 position 162 must contain a "1".

 

 

 43-71      Payee City         39       Required. Enter the city,

 

                                        town, or post office.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Enter APO or FPO if

 

                                        applicable. Do not enter state

 

                                        and ZIP Code information in

 

                                        this field.

 

 

 72-73      Payee State         2       Required. Enter the valid U.S.

 

                                        Postal Service state

 

                                        abbreviation for states or the

 

                                        appropriate postal identifier

 

                                        (AA, AE, or AP) described in

 

                                        Part A, Sec. 19.

 

 

 74-82      Payee ZIP Code      9       Required. Enter the valid nine

 

                                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first five digits are

 

                                        known, left-justify and fill

 

                                        the unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. For foreign countries,

 

                                        alpha characters are

 

                                        acceptable as long as filers

 

                                        have entered a "1" in the

 

                                        Foreign Country Indicator

 

                                        field, which is located in

 

                                        position 162 of Sector 1 of

 

                                        the "B" Record.

 

 

 83-110     Blank              28       Enter blanks.

 

 

 111-133    Special Data       23       This field may be used to

 

            Entries                     record information for state

 

                                        or local government reporting

 

                                        or for the filer's own

 

                                        purposes. Payers should

 

                                        contact their state or local

 

                                        revenue departments for filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not utilized, enter blanks.

 

 

 134-139    Date of Closing     6       Required for Form 1099-S

 

                                        only. Enter the closing date

 

                                        in the format MMDDYY (e.g.,

 

                                        102393). Do not enter hyphens

 

                                        or slashes.

 

 

 140-178    Address or Legal   39       Required for Form 1099-S

 

            Description                 only. Enter the address of

 

                                        the property transferred

 

                                        including city, state, and

 

                                        ZIP Code. If the address does

 

                                        not sufficiently identify the

 

                                        property, also enter a legal

 

                                        description, such as section,

 

                                        lot, and block. For timber

 

                                        royalties, enter "Timber." If

 

                                        fewer than 39 positions are

 

                                        required, left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 179        Property or         1       Required for Form 1099-S only.

 

            Services Received           Enter "1" if the transferor

 

            or To Be received           received or will receive

 

                                        property (other than cash and

 

                                        consideration treated as cash

 

                                        in or computing gross

 

                                        proceeds) or services as part

 

                                        of the consideration for the

 

                                        property transferred. Also,

 

                                        enter a "1", if the transferor

 

                                        may receive property (other

 

                                        than cash) or services to

 

                                        satisfy a debt having a stated

 

                                        principal amount, otherwise,

 

                                        enter a blank.

 

 

 180-256    Blank              77       Enter blanks.

 

 

      PAYEE "B" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-S

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

When reporting Form 1099-S, the "B" Record will reflect the seller/transferor information.

SEC. 12. PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM W-2G

.01 This section contains the general payment information for Sector 2 of Form W-2G.

.02 See Part F, Sec. 6 for field descriptions for Sector 1 of the Payee "B" Record for Form W-2G.

.03 Form W-2G cannot be filed under the Combined Federal/State Filing Program.

                     RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

                       FORM W-2G--SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence     1       Required. Must be a "2." Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a payee record.

 

 

 2          Record  Type        1       Required. Enter "B."

 

 

 3-42       Payee Mailing      40       Required. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Street

 

                                        address should include number,

 

                                        street, apartment or suite

 

                                        number (or P. O. Box if mail

 

                                        is not delivered to street

 

                                        address). Left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. This field must not

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        the payee's mailing address.

 

 

      For U.S. addresses, the payee City, State, and Zip Code must be

 

 reported as a 29, 2, and 9 position field, respectively. For foreign

 

 addresses, filers may use the payee City, State and Zip Code as a

 

 continuous 40 position field. Enter information in the following

 

 order: city, province or state, postal code, and the name of the

 

 country. When reporting a foreign address, the Foreign Country

 

 Indicator, Sector 1 position 162, must contain a "1".

 

 

 43-71      Payee City         29       Required. Enter the city,

 

                                        town, or post office.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Enter APO or FPO if

 

                                        applicable. Do not enter state

 

                                        and ZIP Code information in

 

                                        this field.

 

 

 72-73      Payee State         2       Required. Enter the valid U.S.

 

                                        Postal Service state

 

                                        abbreviation for states or the

 

                                        appropriate postal identifier

 

                                        (AA, AE, or AP) described in

 

                                        Part A, Sec. 19.

 

 

 74-82      Payee ZIP Code      9       Required. Enter the valid nine

 

                                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first five digits are

 

                                        known, left-justify and fill

 

                                        the unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. For foreign countries,

 

                                        alpha characters are

 

                                        acceptable as long as filers

 

                                        have entered a "1" in the

 

                                        Foreign Country Indicator

 

                                        field, which is located in

 

                                        position 162 of Sector 1 of

 

                                        the "B" Record.

 

 

 83-112     Blank              30       Enter blanks.

 

 

 113-118    Date Won            6       Required for Form W-2G only.

 

                                        Enter the date of the winning

 

                                        event in the format MMDDYY

 

                                        (e.g., 102393). This is not

 

                                        the date the money was paid,

 

                                        if paid after the date of the

 

                                        race (or game). Do not enter

 

                                        hyphens or slashes.

 

 

 119-133    Transaction        15       Required for Form W-2G only.

 

                                        For state conducted lotteries,

 

                                        enter the ticket or other

 

                                        identifying number. For keno,

 

                                        bingo, and slot machines,

 

                                        enter the ticket or card

 

                                        number (and color, if

 

                                        applicable), machine serial

 

                                        number or any other

 

                                        information that will help

 

                                        identify the winning

 

                                        transaction. All others,

 

                                        enter blanks.

 

 

 134-138    Race                5       Form W-2G only. If applicable,

 

                                        enter the race (or game)

 

                                        applicable to the winning

 

                                        ticket. If no entry, enter

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

 139-143    Cashier             5       Form W-2G only. If applicable,

 

                                        enter initials of the cashier

 

                                        making the winning payment. If

 

                                        no entry, enter blanks.

 

 

 144-148    Window              5       Form W-2G only. If applicable,

 

                                        enter the window number or

 

                                        location of the person paying

 

                                        the winnings. If no entry,

 

                                        enter blanks.

 

 

 149-163    First ID           15       Form W-2G only. If applicable,

 

                                        enter the first identification

 

                                        number of the person receiving

 

                                        the winnings. If no entry,

 

                                        enter blanks.

 

 

 164-178    Second ID          15       Form W-2G only. If applicable,

 

                                        enter the second

 

                                        identification number of the

 

                                        person receiving the winnings.

 

                                        If no entry, enter blanks.

 

 

 179-256    Blank              78       Enter blanks.

 

 

      PAYEE "B" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM W-2G

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 13. END OF PAYER "C" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT

.01 The End of Payer "C" Record consists of one 256-position sector. The Control Total fields are each 15 positions in length.

.02 The "C" Record consist of the total number of payees and the totals of the payment amount fields filed by a given payer and/or a particular type of return. The "C" Record must be written after the last "B" Record for each type of return for a given payer. For each "A" Record and group of "B" Records on the file, there must be a corresponding "C" Record.

.03 In developing the "C" Record, for example, if filers used Amount Codes 1, 3, and 6 in the "A" Record, the totals from the "B" Records will appear in Control Totals 1, 3, and 6 of the "C" Record. In this example, positions 27-41, 57-86, and 102-146 would be zero filled.

.04 Payers/Transmitters must verify the accuracy of the totals since data with missing or incorrect "C" Records will be returned for replacement.

                 RECORD NAME: END OF PAYER "C" RECORD

 

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence     1       Required. Must be a "1." Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a payer record.

 

 

 2          Record Type         1       Required. Enter "C."

 

 

 3-8        Number of Payees    6       Required. Enter the total

 

                                        number of "B" Records covered

 

                                        by the preceding "A" Record.

 

                                        Right -justify and zero fill.

 

 

 9-11       Blank               3       Enter blanks.

 

 

      Required. If any corresponding Payment Amount fields are present

 

 in the "B" Records, accumulate into the appropriate Control Total

 

 field. Control totals must be right-justified, and unused control

 

 total fields must be zero filled. Please note that all Control Total

 

 fields are 15 positions in length.

 

 

 12-26      Control            15

 

            Total 1

 

 27-41      Control            15

 

            Total 2

 

 42-56      Control            15

 

            Total 3

 

 57-71      Control            15

 

            Total 4

 

 72-86      Control            15

 

            Total 5

 

 87-101     Control            15

 

            Total 6

 

 102-116    Control            15

 

            Total 7

 

 117-131    Control            15

 

            Total 8

 

 132-146    Control            15

 

            Total 9

 

 

 147-256    Blank              110      Enter blanks.

 

 

               END OF PAYER "C" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 14. STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD -- RECORD LAYOUT

.01 The State Totals "K" Record consists of one 256-position sector. The Control Total fields are each 15 positions in length.

.02 The "K" Record is a summary for a given payer and type of return to a given state in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program. Use only when state reporting approval has been granted.

.03 The "K" Record will contain the total number of payees and the totals of the payment amount fields filed for a given state. The "K" Record(s) must be written after the "C" Record for the related "A" Record.

.04 In developing the "K" Record, for example, if filers used Amount Codes 1, 3 and 6 in the "A" Record, the totals from the "B" Records coded for this state will appear in Control Totals 1, 3, and 6 of the "K" Record.

.05 There must be a separate "K" Record for each state being reported.

.06 Refer to Part A, Sec. 17 for the requirements and conditions that must be met to file on this program.

                 RECORD NAME: END OF PAYER "K" RECORD

 

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence     1       Required. Must be a "1." Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a payer record.

 

 

 2          Record Type         1       Required. Enter "K."

 

 

 3-8        Number of Payees    6       Required. Enter the total

 

                                        number of "B" Records being

 

                                        coded for this state.

 

                                        Right-justify and zero fill.

 

 

 9-11       Blank               3       Enter blanks.

 

 

      Required. Accumulate totals of any Payment Amount fields (for

 

 each state being reported) in the Payee "B" Records into the

 

 appropriate Control Total fields in the "K" Record. Control totals

 

 must be right-justified, and unused control total fields must be zero

 

 filled. Please note that all Control Total fields are 15 positions in

 

 length.

 

 

 12-26      Control            15

 

            Total 1

 

 27-41      Control            15

 

            Total 2

 

 42-56      Control            15

 

            Total 3

 

 57-71      Control            15

 

            Total 4

 

 72-86      Control            15

 

            Total 5

 

 87-101     Control            15

 

            Total 6

 

 102-116    Control            15

 

            Total 7

 

 117-131    Control            15

 

            Total 8

 

 132-146    Control            15

 

            Total 9

 

 

 147-254    Blank              108      Enter blanks.

 

 

 255-256    Combined Federal/   2       Required. Enter the code

 

            State Code                  assigned to the state which is

 

                                        to receive the information.

 

                                        (Refer to Part A, Sec. 17,

 

                                        Table 1.)

 

 

                END OF PAYER "K" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 15. END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT

.01 The End of Transmission "F" Record consists of one 256-position sector. The "F" Record is a summary of the number of payers in the entire file.

.02 This record should be written after the last "C" Record (or last "K" Record, when applicable) of the entire file.

              RECORD NAME: END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD

 

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Type         1       Required. Enter "F."

 

 

 2-5        Number of "A"       4       Enter the total number of "A"

 

            Records                     Records in the entire file.

 

                                        Right-justify and  zero fill

 

                                        or enter all zeros.

 

 

 6-30       Zero               25       Enter zeros.

 

 

 31-256     Blank              226      Enter blanks.

 

 

             END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

PART G. MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION

SECTION 1. MAGNETIC MEDIA-RELATED FORMS AND PUBLICATIONS

.01 The following is a list of IRS/MCC magnetic media-related forms and publications including:

-- Publication 1220, Specifications for Filing Forms 1098, 1099, 5498, and W-2G Electronically or Magnetically

-- Publication 1187, Specifications for Filing Form 1042S, Foreign Person's U.S. Source Income Subject to Withholding, Electronically or on Magnetic Tape, and 5 1/4- and 3 1/2-Inch Magnetic Diskettes

-- Publication 1239, Requirements and Conditions for Submitting Form 8027, Employer's Annual Information Return of Tip Income and Allocated Tips, on Magnetic Tape

-- Publication 1245, Specifications for Filing Form W-4, Employee's Withholding Allowance Certificate, on Magnetic Tape, and 5 1/4- and 3 1/2-Inch Diskette

-- "Instructions to filers for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G"

-- Form 8508, Request for Waiver From Filing Information Returns on Magnetic Media

-- Form 4419, Application for Filing Information Returns Magnetically/Electronically

-- Form 8809, Request for Extension of Time to File Information Returns

-- Form 4804, Transmittal of Information Returns Reported Magnetically/Electronically

-- Form 4802, Transmittal of Information Returns Reported Magnetically/Electronically (Continuation)

-- Form 5064, Media Label

-- Notice 210, Preparation Instructions for Media Label, Form 5064

-- Form 6466, Transmittal of Magnetic Media of Form W-4, Employee's Withholding Allowance Certificate

-- Form 6467, Transmittal of Magnetic Media of Form W-4, Employee's Withholding Allowance Certificate (Continuation)

-- Form 6468, How to Prepare Form 6469, Tape Label for Form W-4

-- Form 6469, Tape Label for Form W-4

.02 To order any of these forms or publications, filers may call the IRS toll free forms and publications order number 1-800-TAX-FORM, or contact their local IRS office.

SEC. 2. FEDERAL DOLLAR CRITERIA

.01 For filer convenience, the criteria for reporting the information returns to IRS is provided in Table 1.

                   TABLE 1. FEDERAL DOLLAR CRITERIA

 

 

 FORM                                   DOLLAR CRITERIA

 

 

 1098                                   $600

 

 1099-A                                 ALL

 

 1099-B                                 ALL

 

 1099-DIV                               $10 ($600 for Liquidations)

 

 1099-G                                 $10--Unemployment and Tax

 

                                        Refunds

 

                                        $600--All others

 

 1099-INT                               $10--($600 in some cases)

 

 1099-MISC                              $600

 

                                        ALL (Fishing boat proceeds)

 

                                        $10 (Royalties or Substitute

 

                                        Dividend and Tax-Exempt

 

                                        Interest Payments Reportable

 

                                        by Brokers)

 

                                        $5,000--Direct sales indicator

 

 1099-OID                               $10

 

 1099-PATR                              $10

 

 1099-R                                 ALL

 

 1099-S                                 $600

 

 5498                                   ALL

 

 W-2G                                   $600

 

                                        $1200 (Bingo or Slot Machines)

 

                                        $1500 (Keno)

 

 

For specific information, refer to the 1993 "Instructions to filers for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G."

SEC. 3. RECORD FORMAT USED TO REQUEST AN EXTENSION OF TIME, MAGNETICALLY OR ELECTRONICALLY

.01 The following specifications contain the required 226-byte record format for extension of time requests submitted on magnetic media or through IRP-BBS. Also included are the instructions for the information that is to be entered in the record.

.02 If requesting an extension of time to file for ten or more payers, IRS encourages filers to submit the request on tape, tape cartridge, 5 1/4- and 3 1/2-inch diskette, or electronically; however, a signed Form 8809 must be received by MCC within two days of receipt of data.

.03 See Part A, Sec. 11, for complete information on requesting an extension of time to file information returns. In order to be considered, the request must be postmarked or transmitted by the due date of the returns; otherwise, the request will be denied.

.04 The record format is also on IRP-BBS and can be downloaded. See Part D for more information on how to contact the IRP-BBS.

.05 A magnetically-filed request for an extension of time should be sent using the following addresses:

     If by Postal Service:

 

 

          IRS-Martinsburg

 

          Computing Center

 

          Attn: Extension of Time Coordinator

 

          P.O. Box 879

 

          Kearneysville, WV 25430

 

 

     or

 

 

     If by truck or air freight:

 

 

          IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center

 

          Information Reporting Program

 

          Attn: Extension of Time Coordinator

 

          Route 9 and Needy Road

 

          Martinsburg, WV 25401

 

 

Note: Due to the large volume of mail received by IRS/MCC and the time factor involved in processing the Form 8809, it is imperative that the attention line be present on all envelopes or packages containing Extension of Time (EOT) requests.

.06 Transmitters who submit their extension of time requests magnetically or electronically will receive a letter from IRS/MCC with an attached list of the payers specifying approval or denial.

.07 If the first request for an extension of time was submitted magnetically or electronically and additional time to file is needed, only submit a new Form 8809 (not the list of payers) to request the additional extension. A request for an extension of time is not automatically granted. Approval or denial is dependent on information provided on the Form 8809.

.08 If additional information is needed on the record format, contact IRS/MCC.

.09 Tape specifications are as follows:

(a) 9 track

(b) EBCDIC (Extended Binary Coded Decimal Interchange Code) or ASCII (American Standard Coded Information Interchange) recording mode

(c) 1600 or 6250 BPI

(d) Fixed block size of 4520 bytes

(e) Record length of 226 bytes

(f) Header and trailer label tape

.10 Tape cartridge specifications are as follows:

(a) Must be IBM 3480 or 3490 compatible.

(b) Must meet American National Standard Institute (ANSI) standards and have the following characteristics:

(1) Tape cartridges will be 1/2 inch tape contained in plastic cartridges which are approximately 4 inches by 5 inches by 1 inch in dimension.

(2) Magnetic tape will be chromium dioxide particle based 1/2 inch tape.

(3) Cartridges will be 18-track parallel.

(4) Mode will be full function.

(5) The data may be compressed.

(6) Either EBCDIC or ASCII.

(c) Fixed block size of 4520 bytes.

(d) Record length of 226 bytes.

.11 Diskette specifications are as follows:

(a) Diskettes must be 5 1/4- or 3 1/2-inch

(b) ASCII recording mode only. Additional specification may be found in Part B, Sec. 3, of this revenue procedure.

(c) Record length of 226 bytes.

(d) MS/DOS

.12 Positions 6 through 174 of the following record should contain information about the payer for whom the extension of time is being requested. Do not enter transmitter information in these fields.

 Field

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 ---------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1-5        Transmitter         5       Required. Enter the five digit

 

            Control Code                Transmitter Control Code (TCC)

 

                                        issued by IRS.

 

 

 6-14       Payer TIN           9       Required. Must be the valid

 

                                        nine-digit number.

 

 

 15-54      Payer Name         40       Required. Enter the name of

 

                                        the payer whose EIN appears in

 

                                        Pos. 6-14. Left-justify.

 

 

 55-94      Second Payer       40       If additional space is needed,

 

            Name                        this field may be used to

 

                                        continue name line

 

                                        information (e.g., % First

 

                                        National Bank); otherwise,

 

                                        enter blanks.

 

 

 95-134     Payer Address      40       Required. Enter payer mailing

 

                                        address. Street address should

 

                                        include number, street,

 

                                        apartment or suite number (or

 

                                        P.O. Box if mail is not

 

                                        delivered to a street

 

                                        address).

 

 

 135-163    Payer City         29       Required. Enter payer city,

 

                                        town or post office.

 

 

 164-165    Payer State         2       Required. Enter payer valid

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service state

 

                                        abbreviation (refer to

 

                                        Part A, Sec. 19).

 

 

 166-174    Payer ZIP           9       Required. Enter payer ZIP

 

                                        code. If using a five-digit

 

                                        ZIP code, left-justify and

 

                                        blank fill.

 

 

 175-206    Transmitter        32       Enter Transmitter Contact

 

            Contact                     name. This should be the name

 

                                        of a person who can be

 

                                        contacted concerning the

 

                                        request.

 

 

 207-216    Transmitter        10       Enter the phone number of the

 

            Phone                       Transmitter Contact including

 

            Number                      the area code.

 

 

 217-220    Transmitter         4       Enter the Transmitter

 

            Extension                   Contact's Phone extension, if

 

                                        applicable; otherwise,

 

                                        enter blanks.

 

 

 221        FORM W-2            1       If applicable, enter character

 

                                        "X" if extension request is

 

                                        for Form W-2; otherwise, enter

 

                                        blank.

 

 

 222        FORMS 1099,         1       If applicable, enter character

 

            1098, AND                   "X" if extension request is

 

            W-2G                        for Forms 1098, 1099-A,

 

                                        1099-B, 1099-DIV, 1099-G,

 

                                        1099-INT, 1099-MISC,

 

                                        1099-IOD, 1099-PATR,

 

                                        1099-R, 1099-S, or W-2G;

 

                                        otherwise, enter blank.

 

 

 223        FORM 5498           1       If applicable, enter character

 

                                        "X" if extension request is

 

                                        for Form 5498; otherwise,

 

                                        enter blank.

 

 

 224        FORM 1042-S         1       Enter character "X" if

 

                                        extension request is for Form

 

                                        1042-S; otherwise, enter

 

                                        blank.

 

 

 225        Form 1042           1       Enter character "X" if the

 

                                        extension request is for Form

 

                                        1042; otherwise, enter blank.

 

 

 226        Foreign Entity      1       Enter character "X" if the

 

            Indicator                   payer is a foreign entity.

 

 

                             RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

This is the end of Publication 1220 for Tax Year 1993.
DOCUMENT ATTRIBUTES
  • Language
    English
  • Tax Analysts Electronic Citation
    not available
Copy RID